Patent Application
20230114866
The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has been submitted electronically in ASCII format and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on Jul. 11, 2022, is named Sequence_Listing.txt and is 12,288 bytes in size.
The present invention relates to the field of bioconjugation, in particular to antibody-conjugates containing a single payload (drug-antibody ratio of 1). More specifically the invention relates to conjugates, compositions and methods suitable for the attachment of a payload to a native IgG-type antibody, i.e. without requiring genetic reengineering of the antibody before such conjugation. The mono-functionalized antibody conjugates as compounds, compositions, and methods can be useful, for example, in providing novel drugs for targeted delivery of payloads, such as highly potent cytotoxic agents or immunomodulatory agents.
Antibody-drug conjugates (ADC), considered as magic bullets in therapy, are comprised of an antibody to which is attached a pharmaceutical agent. The antibodies (also known as ligands) can be small protein formats (scFv's, Fab fragments, DARPins, Affibodies, etc.) but are generally monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) which have been selected based on their high selectivity and affinity for a given antigen, their long circulating half-lives, and little to no immunogenicity. Thus, mAbs as protein ligands for a carefully selected biological receptor provide an ideal delivery platform for selective targeting of pharmaceutical drugs. For example, a monoclonal antibody known to bind selectively with a specific cancer-associated antigen can be used for delivery of a chemically conjugated cytotoxic agent to the tumour, via binding, internalization, intracellular processing and finally release of active catabolite. The cytotoxic agent may be small molecule toxin, a protein toxin or other formats, like oligonucleotides. As a result, the tumour cells can be selectively eradicated, while sparing normal cells which have not been targeted by the antibody. Similarly, chemical conjugation of an antibacterial drug (antibiotic) to an antibody can be applied for treatment of bacterial infections, while conjugates of anti-inflammatory drugs are under investigation for the treatment of autoimmune diseases and for example attachment of an oligonucleotide to an antibody is a potential promising approach for the treatment of neuromuscular diseases. Hence, the concept of targeted delivery of an active pharmaceutical drug to a specific cellular location of choice is a powerful approach for the treatment of a wide range of diseases, with many beneficial aspects versus systemic delivery of the same drug.
An alternative strategy to employ monoclonal antibodies for targeted delivery of a specific protein agent is by genetic fusion of the latter protein to one (or more) of the antibody's termini, which can be the N-terminus or the C-terminus on the light chain or the heavy chain (or both). In this case, the biologically active protein of interest, e.g. a protein toxin like Pseudomonas exotoxin A (PE38) or an anti-CD3 single chain variable fragment (scFv), is genetically encoded as a fusion to the antibody, possibly but not necessarily via a peptide spacer, so the antibody is expressed as a fusion protein. The peptide spacer may contain a protease-sensitive cleavage site, or not.
A monoclonal antibody may also be genetically modified in the protein sequence itself to modify its structure and thereby introduce (or remove) specific properties. For example, mutations can be made in the antibody Fc-fragment in order to nihilate binding to Fc-gamma receptors, binding to the FcRn receptor or binding to a specific cancer target may be modulated, or antibodies can be engineered to lower the μl and control the clearance rate from circulation. An emerging strategy in cancer treatment involves the use of an antibody that is able to bind to an upregulated tumor-associated antigen (TAA or simply target) as well as to a receptor present on a cancer-destroying immune cell (e.g. a T cell or an NK cell), also known as T cell or NK cell-redirecting antibodies. Although the approach of immune cell redirecting is already more than 30 years old, new technologies are overcoming the limitations of the 1st generation immune cell-redirecting antibodies, especially extending half-life to allow intermittent dosing, reducing immunogenicity and improving the safety profile. Most commonly, T cell-redirecting bispecific antibodies (TRBAs) are generated by genetic swapping of the complement-dependent region (CDR) in one of the arms of the FAB fragment for an antibody fragment that binds tightly to CD3 or CD137 (4-1BB) on a T cell. However, besides these traditional T cell-engaging bispecific antibodies, a wide variety of other molecular architectures, typically IgG-type, have also been developed as for example disclosed in Yu and Wang, J. Cancer Res. Cin. Oncol. 2019, 145, 941-956). Similarly, NK cell recruitment to the tumor microenvironment is also under broad investigation. NK cell engagement is typically based on the insertion into an IgG scaffold of an antibody (fragment) that binds selectively to CD16, CD56, NKp46, or other NK cell specific receptors.
A common strategy in the field of ADCs as well as in the field of immune cell engagement employs nihilation or removal of binding capacity of the antibody to Fc-gamma receptors, which has multiple pharmaceutical implications. The first consequence of removal of binding to Fc-gamma receptors is the reduction of Fc-gamma receptor-mediated uptake of antibodies by e.g. macrophages or megakaryocytes, which may lead to dose-limiting toxicity as for example reported for Kadcyla® (trastuzumab-DM1) and LOP628. Selective deglycosylation of antibodies in vivo affords opportunities to treat patients with antibody-mediated autoimmunity. Removal of high-mannose glycoform in a recombinant therapeutic glycoprotein may be beneficial, since high-mannose glycoforms are known to compromise therapeutic efficacy by a specific uptake by endogenous mannose receptors and leading to rapid clearance, as for example described by Gorovits and Krinos-Fiorotti, Cancer Immunol. Immunother. 2013, 62, 217-223 and Goetze et al, Glycobiology 2011, 21, 949-959 (both incorporated by reference). In addition, Van de Bovenkamp et al, J. Immunol. 2016, 196, 1435-1441 (incorporated by reference) describe how high mannose glycans can influence immunity. It was described by Reusch and Tejada, Glycobiology 2015, 25, 1325-1334 (incorporated by reference), that inappropriate glycosylation in monoclonal antibodies could contribute to ineffective production from expressed Ig genes. In the field of immune therapy, binding of glycosylated antibodies to Fc-gamma receptors on immune cells may induce systemic activation of the immune system, prior to binding of the antibody to the tumor-associated antigen, leading to cytokine storm (cytokine release syndrome, CRS). Therefore, in order to reduce the risk of CRS, the vast majority of immune cell engagers in the clinic are based on Fc-silenced antibodies, lacking the capacity to bind to Fc-gamma receptors. In addition, various companies in the field of bispecific antibodies are tailoring molecular architectures with defined ratios with regard to target-binding versus immune cell-engaging antibody domains. For example, Roche is developing T cell-engagers based on asymmetric monocional antibodies that retain bivalent binding capacity to the TAA (for example CD20 or CEA) by both CDRs, but with an additional anti-CD3 fragment engineered into one of the two heavy chains only (2:1 ratio of target-binding:CD3-binding). Similar strategies can be employed for engagement/activation of T cells with anti-CD137 (4-1BBB) or NK cell-engagement/activation with anti-CD16, CD56, NKp46, or other NK cell specific receptors.
Abrogation of binding to Fc-gamma receptor can be achieved in various ways, for example by specific mutations in the antibody (specifically the Fc-fragment) or by removal of the glycan that is naturally present in the Fc-fragment (CH2 domain, around N297). Glycan removal can be achieved by genetic modification in the Fc-domain, e.g. a N297Q mutation or T299A mutation, or by enzymatic removal of the glycan after recombinant expression of the antibody, using for example PNGase F or an endoglycosidase. For example, endoglycosidase H is known to trim high-mannose and hybrid glycoforms, but not complex type glycans, while endoglycosidase S is able to trim complex type glycans and to some extent hybrid glycan, but not high-mannose forms. Endoglycosidase F2 is able to trim complex glycans (but not hybrid), while endoglycosidase F3 can only trim complex glycans that are also 1,6-fucosylated. Another endoglycosidase, endoglycosidase D is able to hydrolyze Man5 (M5) glycan only. An overview of specific activities of different endoglycosidases is disclosed in Freeze et al. in Curr. Prot. Mol. Biol., 2010, 89:17.13A.1-17, incorporated by reference herein. An additional advantage of deglycosylation of proteins for therapeutic use is the facilitated batch-to-batch consistency and significantly improved homogeneity.
In the field of ADCs, a chemical linker is typically employed to attach a pharmaceutical drug to an antibody. This linker needs to possess a number of key attributes, including the requirement to be stable in plasma after drug administration for an extended period of time. A stable linker enables localization of the ADC to the projected site or cells in the body and prevents premature release of the payload in circulation, which would indiscriminately induce undesired biological response of all kinds, thereby lowering the therapeutic index of the ADC. Upon internalization, the ADC should be processed such that the payload is effectively released so it can bind to its target.
There are two families of linkers, non-cleavable and cleavable. Non-cleavable linkers consist of a chain of atoms between the antibody and the payload, which is fully stable under physiological conditions, irrespective of which organ or biological compartment the antibody-drug conjugate resides in. As a consequence, liberation of the payload from an ADC with a non-cleavable linker relies on the complete (lysosomal) degradation of the antibody after internalization of the ADC into a cell. As a consequence of this degradation, the payload will be released, still carrying the linker, as well as a peptide fragment and/or the amino acid from the antibody the linker was originally attached to. Cleavable linkers utilize an inherent property of a cell or a cellular compartment for selective release of the payload from the ADC, which generally leaves no trace of linker after metabolic processing. For cleavable linkers, there are three commonly used mechanisms: 1) susceptibility to specific enzymes, 2) pH-sensitivity, and 3) sensitivity to redox state of a cell (or its microenvironment).
Enzyme-based strategies are generally based on the endogenous presence of specific proteases, esterases, glycosidases or others. For example, the majority of ADCs used in oncology utilize the dominant proteases found in a tumour cell lysosome for recognition and cleavage of a specific peptide sequence in the linker. Dubowchik et al., Bioconjug Chem. 2002, 13, 855-69, incorporated by reference, pioneered the discovery of specific dipeptides as an intracellular cleavage mechanism by cathepsins. Other enzymes that are known to be upregulated in the tumour lysozyme or the tumour microenvironment are plasmin, matrix metalloproteases (MMPs), urokinase, and others, all of which may recognize a specific peptide sequence in the ADCs and induce release of payload from the linker by hydrolytic cleavage of one of the peptide bonds. Esterases may also be employed for intracellular release of payload upon hydrolysis of an ester bond, for example it was demonstrated by Barthel et al, J. Med. Chem. 2012, 55, 6595-6607, incorporated by reference, that human carboxylesterase 2 (CES2, hiCE) demonstrated an in vivo antitumor efficacy of a doxorubicin prodrug against CES2-positive xenografts that was better than or equal to that of payload itself. Thirdly, various glycosidases may be employed for selective cleavage of a specific monosaccharide, in particular galactosidase (for removal of galactose) or glucuronidase (for removal of glucuronic acid), as for example illustrated in respectively Torgov et al, Bioconj. Chem. 2005, 16, 717-721 and Jeffrey et al, J. Med. Chem. 2006, 17, 831-840, incorporated by reference. Other endogenous enzymes that may be employed for tumour-specific hydrolytic cleavage of bonds are for example phosphatases or sulfatases.
Besides the use of endogenous enzymes, local concentration enhancement of any enzyme of choice, which may not be naturally abundant, can be achieved by strategies such as systemic administration by intravenous injection, by intratumoural injection or by other methods such as ADEPT (antibody-directed enzyme prodrug therapy).
The acid-sensitivity strategy takes advantage of the lower pH in the endosomal (pH 5-6) and lysosomal (pH 4.8) compartments, as compared to the cytosol of a human cell (pH 7.4), to trigger hydrolysis of an acid labile group within the linker, such as a hydrazone, see for example Ritchie et al, mAbs 2013, 5, 13-21, incorporated by reference. Alternative acid-sensitive linker may also be employed, as for example based on silyl ethers, disclosed in US20180200273.
A third release strategy based on redox mechanisms exploits the higher concentrations of intracellularglutathione than in the plasma. Thus, linkers containing a disulfide bridge release a free thiol group upon reduction by glutathione, which may remain part of the payload or further self-immolate to release the free payload. Alternative reduction mechanisms for release of free payload can be based on the conversion of an (aromatic) nitro group or a (aromatic) azido group into an aniline, which may be part of a payload or part of a self-immolative assembly unit.
A self-immolative assembly unit in an antibody-drug conjugate links a drug unit to the remainder of the conjugate or its drug-linker intermediate. The main function of the self-immolative assembly unit is to conditionally release free drug at the site targeted by the ligand unit. The activatable self-immolative moiety comprises an activatable group and a self-immolative spacer unit. Upon activation of the activatable group, for example by enzymatic conversion of an amide group to an amino group or by reduction of a disulfide to a free thiol group, a self-immolative reaction sequence is initiated that leads to release of free drug by one or more of various mechanisms, which may involve (temporary) 1,6-elimination of a p-aminobenzyl group to a p-quinone methide, optionally with release of carbon dioxide and/or followed by a second cyclization release mechanism. The self-immolative assembly unit can part of the chemical spacer connecting the antibody and the payload (via the functional group). Alternatively, the self-immolative group is not an inherent part of the chemical spacer, but branches off from the chemical spacer connecting the antibody and the payload.
The majority of antibody-drug conjugates that have been market-approved or are currently in late-stage clinical trials employ one of the mechanisms described above for release of active drug. For example, Adcetris® is an ADC used for treatment of various hematological tumours and is comprised of a CD30-targeting antibody (ligand), connected to a highly potent tubulin inhibitor MMAE (payload) via a linker that consists of a cathepsin-sensitive fragment connected to a self-immolative p-aminobenzyloxycarbonyl group (PAB). The same mechanism for release of MMAE is operative for polatuzumab-vedotin (Polivy®). Other ADCs in pivotal trials that employ protease/peptidase-sensitive linkers are SYD985, ADCT-402, ASG-22CE and DS-8201a. Protease-mediated release of payload is also part of the design of RG7861 (DSTA4637S), which is an ADC under development in an area outside oncology, specifically for treatment of bacterial infections.
Two ADCs have been approved (Besponsa® and Mylotarg®) that consist of an antibody connected to a DNA-damaging payload (calicheamicin) via an acid-sensitive group, in particular a hydrazone group. Similarly, sacituzumab govetican, an ADC in phase Ill clinical studies, employs release of payload via acidic hydrolysis of a carbonate group. A glutathione-sensitive disulfide group is part of the linker in mirvetuximab soravtansine to connect antibody to the maytansinoid payload DM4 and also in IMGN853. Currently, more than 75 ADCs are in various stages of clinical trials, the at least 70% of which contain one form of a cleavable linker.
As described above, a self-immolative unit is part of the linker in many ADCs, which in most cases at least exists of an (acylated) para-aminobenzyl unit connected to a protease-sensitive peptide fragment for enzymatic release of the amino group. Besides the aminobenzyl group, other aromatic moieties may also be employed as part for the self-immolative unit, for example heteroaromatic moieties such as pyridine or thiazoles, see for example U.S. Pat. No. 7,754,681 and US2005/0256030. Substitution of the aminobenzyl group may be in the para position or in the ortho position, in both cases leading the same 1,6-elimination mechanism. The benzylic position may be substituted with alkyl or carbonyl derivatives, for example esters or amides derived from mandelic acid, as for example disclosed in WO2015/038426, incorporated by reference. The benzylic position of the self-immolative unit is connected to a heteroatom leaving group, typically based on, but not limited to, oxygen or nitrogen. Predominantly, the benzylic functional group exists of a carbamate moiety, which will release carbon dioxide upon triggering of the 1,6-elimination mechanism, and a primary or secondary amino group. The primary or secondary amino group may be part of the toxic payload itself, and may be an aromatic amino group or an aliphatic amino group. In the latter case, the amino group of the liberated payload will most likely have a pKa higher than and therefore be mostly in a protonated state at physiological conditions (pH 7-7.5), and specifically in the acidic environment of the tumour (pH <7).
The primary or secondary amino group may also be part of another self-immolative group, for example an N,N-dialkylethylenediamine moiety. The N,N-dialkylethylenediamine moiety at the other may be connected to another carbamate group to liberate, upon cyclization, an alcohol group as part of the toxic payload, as for example demonstrated by Eigersma et al, Mol. Pharm. 2015, 12, 1813-1835, incorporated by reference. The primary or secondary amino group of the carbamate moiety may also form part of an N,O-acetal, a method which has been used in several drug delivery strategies, for example to release 5-fluorouracil (Madec-Lougerstay et al, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans I, 1999, 1369-1375) and SN-38 (Santi et al, J. Med. Chem. 2014, 57, 2303-2314). Most recently, a similar configuration was employed by Kolakowski et al, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2016, 55, 7948-7951, incorporated by reference, for design of linkers with prolonged serum exposure because of the long circulation time of ADCs, in combination with a beta-glucuronidase-promoted release mechanism, to release aliphatic alcohols. The functional group at the benzylic position of the self-immolative aromatic moiety may also be a phenolic oxygen, see for example Toki et al, J. Org. Chem. 2002, 67, 1866-1872 and U.S. Pat. No. 7,553,816, incorporated by reference, however not an aliphatic alcohol because an aliphatic alcohol does not possess sufficient leaving group capacity (typical pKa 13-15). Another option for the benzylic functional group is a quaternary ammonium group, which will release a trialkylamino group or a heteroaryl amine upon elimination, as reported by Burke et al, Mol. Cancer Ther. 2016, 15, 938-945 and Staben et al, Nat. Chem. 2016, 8, 1112-1119, incorporated by reference.
Currently, payloads utilized in ADCs primarily include microtubule-disrupting agents [e.g. monomethyl auristatin E (MMAE) and maytansinoid-derived DM1 and DM4], DNA-damaging agents [e.g., calicheamicin, pyrrolobenzodiazepines (PBD) dimers, indolinobenzodiapines dimers, duocarmycins, anthracyclins], topoisomerase inhibitors [e.g. SN-38, exatecan and derivatives thereof, simmitecan] or RNA polymerase II inhibitors [e.g. amanitin]. Although ADCs have demonstrated clinical and preclinical activity, it has been unclear what factors determine such potency in addition to antigen expression on targeted tumour cells. For example, drug:antibody ratio (DAR), ADC-binding affinity, potency of the payload, receptor expression level, internalization rate, trafficking, multiple drug resistance (MDR) status, and other factors have all been implicated to influence the outcome of ADC treatment in vitro. In addition to the direct killing of antigen-positive tumour cells, ADCs also have the capacity to kill adjacent antigen-negative tumour cells: the so-called “bystander killing” effect, as originally reported by Sahin et al, Cancer Res. 1990, 50, 6944-6948 and for example studied by Li et al, Cancer Res. 2016, 76, 2710-2719. Generally spoken, cytotoxic payloads that are neutral will show bystander killing whereas ionic (charged) payloads do not, as a consequence of the fact that ionic species do not readily pass a cellular membrane by passive diffusion. For example, evaluation of a range of exatecan derivatives indicated that acylation of the primary amine with hydroxyacetic acid provided a derivative (DXd) with substantially enhanced bystander killer versus various aminoacylated exatecan derivatives, as disclosed by Ogitani et al, Cancer Sci. 2016, 107, 1039-1046, incorporated by reference.
A disadvantage of the majority of the clinically tested and marketed ADCs in the field is that the toxic payload may induce dose-limiting off-target toxicities, reviewed by Donaghy et al, MAbs 2016, 8, 659-71, incorporated by reference. It was for example demonstrated by Thon et al. Blood 2012, 120, 1975-84, incorporated by reference, that ADCs can be taken up by differentiating hematopoietic stem cells, leading to release of toxic payload, inhibition of megakaryocyte proliferation and differentiation, thus preventing the generation of thrombocytes and finally resulting in thrombocytopenia. Similarly, it is believed that hydrazone linker instability played a role in the safety issues of Mylotarg®, which was withdrawn from the market in 2010 (but later re-introduced). It has been shown that linkers designed for proteolytic cleavage by cathepsins can also be cleaved by other enzymes like esterase Cesic (reported by Dorywalska et al, Mol. Cancer Ther. 2016, 15, 958-970, incorporated by reference). In fact, it was demonstrated by Caculitan et al, Cancer Res. 2017, 7027-7037, incorporated by reference, that even in the absence of cathepsin B, peptide-based cleavable linkers readily undergo cellular processing to release free payload. Moreover, it was demonstrated by Zhao et al. (Mol. Cancer Ther. 2017, 16, 1866-1876, incorporated by reference) that excretion of elastase by differentiating neutrophils may cause premature release of toxic payload, and is one of the causes of neutropenia, a common adverse event in cancer patients treated with MMAE-based ADCs.
Antibody conjugates known in the art may suffer from several disadvantages. For antibody-drug conjugates, a measure for the loading of the antibody with a toxin is given by the drug-antibody ratio (DAR), which gives the average number of active substance molecules per antibody. In general, two general approaches can be identified for the generation of an ADC, one via random (stochastic) conjugation to endogenous amino acids and one involving conjugation to one or more specific sites in the antibody, which may be a native site in the antibody or a site engineered into the antibody for such purpose.
Processes for the preparation of an ADC by stochastic conjugation generally result in a product with a DAR between 2.5 and 4, but in fact such an ADC comprises a mixture of antibody conjugates with a number of molecules of interest varying from 0 to 8 or higher. In other words, antibody conjugates by stochastic conjugation generally are formed with a DAR with high standard deviation. For example, gemtuzumab ozogamicin is a heterogeneous mixture of 50% conjugates (0 to 8 calicheamycin moieties per IgG molecules with an average of 2 or 3, randomly linked to solvent exposed lysine residues of the antibody) and 50% unconjugated antibody (Bross et al., Clin. Cancer Res. 2001, 7, 1490; Labrijn et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 2009, 27, 767, both incorporated by reference). For brentuximab vedotin (Adcetris®), Kadcyla® (T-DM1), and other ADCs in the clinic, it is still uncontrollable exactly how many drugs are attaching to any given antibody and therefore the ADC is obtained as a statistical distribution of conjugates with the majority having DAR3-4. One approach to achieve a higher DAR is by reduction of all (4) interchain disulfide bonds in a monoclonal antibody, thereby liberating a total of 8 cysteine side chains as free thiols, followed by global conjugation with maleimide-functionalized payload, to reach a final DAR between 6-8. This methodology is applied in various clinical stage ADCs, including for example IMMU-132, IMMU-110, DS-8201a, U3-1402, SGN-CD48a and SGN-CD228A and can be applied to a variety of payloads, however, is less suitable for antibodies other than IgG1 due to fragment scrambling during the reduction step.
Many technologies are known for bioconjugation, as summarized in G. T. Hermanson, “Bioconjugate Techniques”, Elsevier, 3rd Ed. 2013, incorporated by reference. Two main technologies can be recognized for the preparation of ADCs by random conjugation, either based on acylation of lysine side-chain or based on alkylation of cysteine side-chain. Acylation of the ε-amino group in a lysine side-chain is typically achieved by subjecting the protein to a reagent based on an activated ester or activated carbonate derivative, for example SMCC is applied for the manufacturing of Kadcyla®. Main chemistry for the alkylation of the thiol group in cysteine side-chain is based on the use of maleimide reagents, as is for example applied in the manufacturing of Adcetris®. Besides standard maleimide derivatives, a range of maleimide variants are also applied for more stable cysteine conjugation, as for example demonstrated by James Christie et al., J. Contr. Rel. 2015, 220, 660-670 and Lyon et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 2014, 32, 1059-1062, both incorporated by reference. Another important technology for conjugation to cysteine side-chain is by means of disulfide bond, a bioactivatable connection that has been utilized for reversibly connecting protein toxins, chemotherapeutic drugs, and probes to carrier molecules (see for example Pillow et al., Chem. Sci. 2017, 8, 36-370. Other approaches for cysteine alkylation involve for example nucleophilic substitution of haloacetamides (typically bromoacetamide or iodoacetamide), see for example Alley et al., Bioconj. Chem. 2008, 19, 759-765, incorporated by reference, or various approaches based on nucleophilic addition on unsaturated bonds, such as reaction with acrylate reagents, see for example Bemardim et al., Nat. Commun. 2016, 7, DOI: 10.1038/ncomms13128 and Ariyasu et al., Bioconj. Chem. 2017, 28, 897-902, both incorporated by reference, reaction with phosphonamidates, see for example Kasper et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2019, 58, 11625-11630, incorporated by reference, reaction with allenamides, see for example Abbas et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2014, 53, 7491-7494, incorporated by reference, reaction with cyanoethynyl reagents, see for example Kolodych et al., Bioconj. Chem. 2015, 26, 197-200, incorporated by reference, reaction with vinylsulfones, see for example Gil de Montes et al., Chem. Sci. 2019, 10, 4515-4522, incorporated by reference, or reaction with vinylpyridines, see for example https://iksuda.com/science/permalink/ (accessed Jan. 7, 2020). Reaction with methylsulfonylphenyloxadiazole has also been reported for cysteine conjugation by Toda et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2013, 52, 12592-12596, incorporated by reference.
Although the majority (˜65%) of clinical ADCs are based on random payload attachment, a clear trend toward site-specifically conjugated ADCs, based on the observation that site-specific ADCs come with an improved therapeutic index. To this end, a number of processes have been developed that enable the generation of an antibody-drug conjugate with defined DAR, by site-specific conjugation to a (or more) predetermined site(s) in the antibody. Site-specific conjugation is typically achieved by engineering of a specific amino acid (or sequence) into an antibody, serving as the anchor point for payload attachment, see for example Aggerwal and Bertozzi, Bioconj. Chem. 2014, 53, 176-192, incorporated by reference, most typically engineering of cysteine. Besides, a range of other site-specific conjugation technologies has been explored in the past decade, most prominently genetic encoding of a non-natural amino acid, e.g. p-acetophenylalanine suitable for oxime ligation, or p-azidomethylphenylalanine suitable for click chemistry conjugation. The majority of approaches based on genetic reengineering of an antibody lead to ADCs with a DAR of ˜2. An alternative approach to antibody conjugation without reengineering of antibody involves the reduction of interchain disulfide bridges, followed addition of a payload attached to a cysteine cross-linking reagent, such as bis-sulfone reagents, see for example Balan et al., Bioconj. Chem. 2007, 18, 61-76 and Bryant et al., Mol. Pharmaceutics 2015, 12, 1872-1879, both incorporated by reference, mono- or bis-bromomaleimides, see for example Smith et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2010, 132, 1960-1965 and Schumacher et al., Org. Biomol. Chem. 2014, 37, 7261-7269, both incorporated by reference, bis-maleimide reagents, see for example WO2014114207, bis(phenylthio)maleimides, see for example Schumacher et al., Org. Biomol. Chem. 2014, 37, 7261-7269 and Aubrey et al., Bioconj. Chem. 2018, 29, 3516-3521, both incorporated by reference, bis-bromopyridazinediones, see for example Robinson et al., RSC Advances 2017, 7, 9073-9077, incorporated by reference, bis(halomethyl)benzenes, see for example Ramos-Tomillero et al., Bioconj. Chem. 2018, 29, 1199-1208, incorporated by reference or other bis(halomethyl)aromatics, see for example WO2013173391. Typically, ADCs prepared by cross-linking of cysteines have a drug-to-antibody loading of ˜4 (DAR4).
It has been shown in WO2014065661, by van Geel et al., Bioconj. Chem. 2015, 26, 2233-2242 and Verkade et al., Antibodies 2018, 7, 12, all incorporated by reference, that homogeneous ADCs can be prepared and selectively tailored to DAR2 or DAR4 based on enzymatic remodeling of the native antibody glycan at N297 (trimming by endoglycosidase and introduction of azido-modified GalNAc derivative under the action of a glycosyltransferase) followed by attachment of cytotoxic payload using click chemistry. ADCs prepared by this technology were found to display a significantly expanded therapeutic index versus a range of other conjugation technologies and the technology of glycan-remodeling conjugation currently clinically applied in for example ADCT-601 (ADC Therapeutics).
A similar enzymatic approach to convert an antibody into an azido-modified antibody, reported by Lhospice et al., Mol. Pharmaceut. 2015, 12, 1863-1871, incorporated by reference, employs the bacterial enzyme transglutaminase (BTG or TGase). It was shown that deglycosylation of the native glycosylation site N297 with PNGase F liberates the neighbouring N295 to become a substrate for TGase-mediated introduction, which converts the deglycosylated antibody into a bis-azido antibody upon subjection to an azide-bearing molecule in the presence of TGase. Subsequently, the bis-azido antibody was reacted with DBCO-modified cytotoxins to produce ADCs with DAR2. A genetic method based on C-terminal TGase-mediated azide introduction followed by conversion in ADC with metal-free click chemistry was reported by Cheng at al., Mol. Cancer Therap. 2018, 17, 2665-2675, incorporated by reference.
Other methods to introduce azides into antibodies have been reported based on prior genetic modification of antibody followed by introduction of non-natural amino acids using genetic encoding based on AMBER suppression codon, as for example demonstrated by Axup et al. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 2012, 109, 16101-16106, incorporated by reference. Similarly, Zimmerman et al., Bioconj. Chem. 2014, 25, 351-361, incorporated by reference have employed a cell-free protein synthesis method to introduce azidomethylphenylalanine (AzPhe) intro monoclonal antibodies for conversion into ADC by means of metal-free click chemistry. Also in this case, ADCs with DAR2 are prepared, or DAR4 in case two AzPhe amino acids are introduced first. Also, it has also be shown by Naim at al., Bioconj. Chem. 2012, 23, 2087-2097, incorporated by reference, that a methionine analogue like azidohomoalanine (Aha) can be introduced into protein by means of auxotrophic bacteria and further converted into protein conjugates by means of (copper-catalyzed) click chemistry. Finally, genetic encoding of aliphatic azides in recombinant proteins using a pyrrolysyl-tRNA synthetase/tRNACUA pair was shown by Nguyen at al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2009, 131, 8720-8721, incorporated by reference and labelling was secured by click chemistry. The latter method should also be applicable to produce DAR2 ADCs, similar to the method reported by Oller-Salvia at al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2018, 57, 2831-2834.
Chemical approaches have also been developed for site-specific modification of antibodies without prior genetic modification, as for example highlighted by Yamada and Ito, ChemBioChem. 2019, 20, 2729-2737.
Chemical conjugation by affinity peptide (CCAP) for site-specific modification has been developed by Kishimoto et al., Bioconj. Chem. 2019, by using a peptide that binds with high affinity to human IgG-Fc, thereby enabling selective modification of a single lysine in the Fc-fragment with a biotin moiety or a cytotoxic payload. Similarly, Yamada et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2019, 58, 5592-5597, and Matsuda et al., ACS Omega 2019, 4, 20564-20570, both incorporated by reference, have demonstrated that a similar approach (AJICAP™ technology) can be applied for the site-specific introduction of thiol groups on a single lysine in the antibody heavy chain. CCAP or AJICAP™ technology may also be employed for the introduction of azide groups or other functionalities.
While the mainstream of ADCs on the market and in the clinic have a drug loading somewhere between 2 and 8, as described above, for some highly cytotoxic payloads, such as most of the PBD dimers the related IGN-type payloads, but also enediyne-based payloads, amanitins and others, a lower DAR would be preferable. It has been found that the maximum tolerated dose in humans for extremely potent payloads may reduce to a value well below 1 mg/kg, often even below <300 &g/kg or even <100 μg/kg. As a consequence, in vivo receptor saturation is not reached after administration (typically intravenously), leading to suboptimal tumor uptake and enhanced clearance. For such cases, a DAR1 format with the same payload could be preferable, as the MTD versus the similar DAR2 version will likely be two times higher. Ruddle et al., ChemMedChem 2019, 14, 1185-1195 have recently shown that DAR1 conjugates can be prepared from antibody Fab fragments (prepared by papain digestion of full antibody or recombinant expression) by selective reduction of the CH1 and CL interchain disulfide chain, followed by rebridging the fragment by treatment with a symmetrical PDB dimer containing two maleimide units. The resulting DAR1-type Fab fragments were shown to be highly homogeneous, stable in serum and show excellent cytotoxicity. In a follow-up publication, White et al., MAbs 2019, 11, 500-515, and also in WO2019034764, incorporated by reference, it was shown that DAR1 conjugates can also be prepared from full IgG antibodies, after prior engineering of the antibody: either an antibody is used which has only one intrachain disulfide bridge in the hinge region (Flexmab technology, reported in Dimasi et al., J. Mol. Biol. 2009, 393, 672-692, incorporated by reference) or an antibody is used which has an additional free cysteine, which may be obtained by mutation of a natural amino acid (e.g. HC-S239C) or by insertion into the sequence (e.g. HC-i239C, reported by Dimasi et al., Mol. Pharmaceut. 2017, 14, 1501-1516). Either engineered antibody was shown to enable the generation of DAR1 ADCs by reaction of the resulting cysteine-engineered ADC with a bis-maleimide derived PBD dimer. It was shown that the Flexmab-derived DAR1 ADCs was highly resistant to payload loss in serum and exhibited potent antitumor activity in a HER2-positive gastric carcinoma xenograft model. Moreover, this ADC was tolerated in rats at twice the dose compared to a site-specific DAR2 ADC prepared using a single maleimide-containing PBD dimer. However, no improvement in therapeutic window was noted, since the minimal effective dose (MED) of the DAR1 ADC versus the DAR2 ADC increased with the same factor 2.
To date, no DAR1 technology has been reported that improves the therapeutic index versus DAR2 ADCs. Also, no technology has been reported for the generation by DAR1 ADCs from full antibodies without requiring reengineering of the monoclonal antibody. Both improvement of therapeutic index and/or a non-genetic approach towards DAR1 ADCs would represent significant contribution for the development of better ADCs with faster time-to-clinic.
A technology is presented to convert any full-length antibody into a stable and site-specific ADC with a single drug load (DAR1), without requiring prior reengineering of the antibody. The technology is applicable to any IgG isotype and enables the attachment of payloads ranging from small molecule cytotoxics to protein scaffolds (cytokines, scFvs) to oligonucleotides and others. The procedure according to a preferred embodiment, which involves prior trimming of the glycan with endoglycosidase proceeds with concomitant abrogation of Fc-gamma receptor binding, thus removing effector function.
The antibody-payload conjugate according to the invention is according to structure (1):
wherein:
The invention further provides a method for preparing the antibody-payload conjugate according to the invention, an intermediate compound in that preparation method, and medical uses of the antibody-payload conjugate according to the invention.
The verb “to comprise”, and its conjugations, as used in this description and in the claims is used in its non-limiting sense to mean that items following the word are included, but items not specifically mentioned are not excluded. In addition, reference to an element by the indefinite article “a” or “an” does not exclude the possibility that more than one of the elements is present, unless the context clearly requires that there is one and only one of the elements. The indefinite article “a” or “an” thus usually means “at least one”.
The compounds disclosed in this description and in the claims may comprise one or more asymmetric centres, and different diastereomers and/or enantiomers may exist of the compounds. The description of any compound in this description and in the claims is meant to include all diastereomers, and mixtures thereof, unless stated otherwise. In addition, the description of any compound in this description and in the claims is meant to include both the individual enantiomers, as well as any mixture, racemic or otherwise, of the enantiomers, unless stated otherwise. When the structure of a compound is depicted as a specific enantiomer, it is to be understood that the invention of the present application is not limited to that specific enantiomer.
The compounds may occur in different tautomeric forms. The compounds according to the invention are meant to include all tautomeric forms, unless stated otherwise. When the structure of a compound is depicted as a specific tautomer, it is to be understood that the invention of the present application is not limited to that specific tautomer.
The compounds disclosed in this description and in the claims may further exist as exo and endo diastereoisomers. Unless stated otherwise, the description of any compound in the description and in the claims is meant to include both the individual exo and the individual endo diastereoisomers of a compound, as well as mixtures thereof. When the structure of a compound is depicted as a specific endo or exo diastereomer, it is to be understood that the invention of the present application is not limited to that specific endo or exo diastereomer.
Furthermore, the compounds disclosed in this description and in the claims may exist as as and trans isomers. Unless stated otherwise, the description of any compound in the description and in the claims is meant to include both the individual cis and the individual trans isomer of a compound, as well as mixtures thereof. As an example, when the structure of a compound is depicted as a cis isomer, it is to be understood that the corresponding trans isomer or mixtures of the as and trans isomer are not excluded from the invention of the present application. When the structure of a compound is depicted as a specific cis or trans isomer, it is to be understood that the invention of the present application is not limited to that specific cis or trans isomer.
The compounds according to the invention may exist in salt form, which are also covered by the present invention. The salt is typically a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, containing a pharmaceutically acceptable anion. The term “salt thereof” means a compound formed when an acidic proton, typically a proton of an acid, is replaced by a cation, such as a metal cation or an organic cation and the like. Where applicable, the salt is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, although this is not required for salts that are not intended for administration to a patient. For example, in a salt of a compound the compound may be protonated by an inorganic or organic acid to form a cation, with the conjugate base of the inorganic or organic acid as the anionic component of the salt.
The term “pharmaceutically accepted” salt means a salt that is acceptable for administration to a patient, such as a mammal (salts with counter ions having acceptable mammalian safety for a given dosage regime). Such salts may be derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic bases and from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acids. “Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a compound, which salts are derived from a variety of organic and inorganic counter ions known in the art and include, for example, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium, etc., and when the molecule contains a basic functionality, salts of organic or inorganic acids, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, formate, tartrate, besylate, mesylate, acetate, maleate, oxalate, etc.
The term “protein” is herein used in its normal scientific meaning. Herein, polypeptides comprising about 10 or more amino acids are considered proteins. A protein may comprise natural, but also unnatural amino acids.
The term “monosaccharide” is herein used in its normal scientific meaning and refers to an oxygen-containing heterocycle resulting from intramolecular hemiacetal formation upon cyclisation of a chain of 5-9 (hydroxylated) carbon atoms, most commonly containing five carbon atoms (pentoses), six carbon atoms (hexose) or nine carbon atoms (sialic acid). Typical monosaccharides are ribose (Rib), xylose (Xyl), arabinose (Ara), glucose (Glu), galactose (Gal), mannose (Man), glucuronic acid (GlcA), N-acetylglucosamine (GlcNAc), N-acetylgalactosamine (GalNAc) and N-acetyineuraminic acid (NeuAc).
The term “antibody” is herein used in its normal scientific meaning. An antibody is a protein generated by the immune system that is capable of recognizing and binding to a specific antigen. An antibody is an example of a glycoprotein. The term antibody herein is used in its broadest sense and specifically includes monoclonal antibodies, polyconal antibodies, dimers, multimers, multi-specific antibodies (e.g. bispecific antibodies), antibody fragments, and double and single chain antibodies. The term “antibody” is herein also meant to include human antibodies, humanized antibodies, chimeric antibodies and antibodies specifically binding cancer antigen. The term “antibody” is meant to include whole immunoglobulins, but also antigen-binding fragments of an antibody. Furthermore, the term includes genetically engineered antibodies and derivatives of an antibody. Antibodies, fragments of antibodies and genetically engineered antibodies may be obtained by methods that are known in the art. Typical examples of antibodies include, amongst others, abciximab, rituximab, basiliximab, palivizumab, infliximab, trastuzumab, efalizumab, alemtuzumab, adalimumab, tositumomab-1131, cetuximab, ibrituximab tiuxetan, omalizumab, bevacizumab, natalizumab, ranibizumab, panitumumab, eculizumab, certolizumab pegol, golimumab, canakinumab, catumaxomab, ustekinumab, tocilizumab, ofatumumab, denosumab, belimumab, ipilimumab and brentuximab.
An “antibody fragment” is herein defined as a portion of an intact antibody, comprising the antigen-binding or variable region thereof. Examples of antibody fragments include Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, and Fv fragments, diabodies, minibodies, triabodies, tetrabodies, linear antibodies, single-chain antibody molecules, scFv, scFv-Fc, multispecific antibody fragments formed from antibody fragment(s), a fragment(s) produced by a Fab expression library, or an epitope-binding fragments of any of the above which immunospecifically bind to a target antigen (e.g., a cancer cell antigen, a viral antigen or a microbial antigen).
An “antigen” is herein defined as an entity to which an antibody specifically binds.
The terms “specific binding” and “specifically binds” is herein defined as the highly selective manner in which an antibody or antibody binds with its corresponding epitope of a target antigen and not with the multitude of other antigens. Typically, the antibody or antibody derivative binds with an affinity of at least about 1×10−7 M, and preferably 10−8 M to 10−9 M, 10−10 M, 10−11 M, or 10−12 M and binds to the predetermined antigen with an affinity that is at least two-fold greater than its affinity for binding to a non-specific antigen (e.g., BSA, casein) other than the predetermined antigen or a closely-related antigen.
The term “substantial” or “substantially” is herein defined as a majority, i.e. >50% of a population, of a mixture or a sample, preferably more than 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of a population.
A“linker” is herein defined as a moiety that connects two or more elements of a compound. For example in an antibody-conjugate, an antibody and a payload are covalently connected to each other via a linker. A linker may comprise one or more linkers and spacer-moieties that connect various moieties within the linker.
A “polar linker” is herein defined as a linker that contains structural elements with the specific aim to increase polarity of the linker, thereby improving aqueous solubility. A polar linker may for example comprise one or more units, or combinations thereof, selected from ethylene glycol, a carboxylic acid moiety, a sulfonate moiety, a sulfone moiety, an acylated sulfamide moiety, a phosphate moiety, a phosphinate moiety, an amino group or an ammonium group.
A “spacer” or spacer-moiety is herein defined as a moiety that spaces (i.e. provides distance between) and covalently links together two (or more) parts of a linker. The linker may be part of e.g. a linker-construct, the linker-conjugate or a bioconjugate, as defined below.
A “self-immolative group” is herein defined as a part of a linker in an antibody-drug conjugate with a function is to conditionally release free drug at the site targeted by the ligand unit. The activatable self-immolative moiety comprises an activatable group (AG) and a self-immolative spacer unit. Upon activation of the activatable group, for example by enzymatic conversion of an amide group to an amino group or by reduction of a disulfide to a free thiol group, a self-immolative reaction sequence is initiated that leads to release of free drug by one or more of various mechanisms, which may involve (temporary) 1,6-elimination of a p-aminobenzyl group to a p-quinone methide, optionally with release of carbon dioxide and/or followed by a second cyclization release mechanism. The self-immolative assembly unit can part of the chemical spacer connecting the antibody and the payload (via the functional group). Alternatively, the self-immolative group is not an inherent part of the chemical spacer, but branches off from the chemical spacer connecting the antibody and the payload.
An “activatable group” is herein defined as a functional group attached to an aromatic group that can undergo a biochemical processing step such as proteolytic hydrolysis of an amide bond or reduction of a disulphide bond, upon which biochemical processing step a self-immolative process of the aromatic group will be initiated. The activatable group may also be referred to as “activating group”.
A “bioconjugate” is herein defined as a compound wherein a biomolecule is covalently connected to a payload via a linker. A bioconjugate comprises one or more biomolecules and/or one or more payloads. Antibody-conjugates, such as antibody-payload conjugates and antibody-drug-conjugates are bioconjugates wherein the biomolecule is an antibody.
A “biomolecule” is herein defined as any molecule that can be isolated from nature or any molecule composed of smaller molecular building blocks that are the constituents of macromolecular structures derived from nature, in particular nucleic acids, proteins, glycans and lipids. Examples of a biomolecule include an enzyme, a (non-catalytic) protein, a polypeptide, a peptide, an amino acid, an oligonucleotide, a monosaccharide, an oligosaccharide, a polysaccharide, a glycan, a lipid and a hormone.
The term “payload” refers to the moiety that is covalently attached to a targeting moiety such as an antibody, but also to the molecule that is released from the conjugate upon cleavage of the linker. Payload thus refers to the monovalent moiety having one open end which is covalently attached to the targeting moiety via a linker, which is in the context of the present invention referred to as D, and also to the molecule that is released therefrom.
The terms “2:1 molecular format” refer to a protein conjugate consisting of a bivalent monoclonal antibody (IgG-type) conjugated to a single functional payload.
The present invention relates to an antibody-payload conjugate having structure (1):
wherein:
In antibody-payload conjugate (1), payload D is connected to antibody AB, via connecting groups Z, optional linkers L1, L2 and L3, branching moiety BM and saccharide moiety -[Su-(G)e-(GlcNAc(Fuc)d)]-.
In (1), a, b, c and d are each independently selected from 0 and 1. N-acetylglucosamine moiety GlcNAc may be fucosylated (d=1) or non-fucosylated (d=0). Antibody-payload conjugate (1) comprises two GlcNAc moieties which are, independently from each other, fucoslyated or non-fucosylated. In other words, within antibody-payload conjugate (1) one GlcNAc may be fucosylated whereas the other GlcNAc may be non-fucosylated, both GlcNAc may be fucosylated or both GlcNAc may be non-fucosylated.
Preferred antibody-payload conjugates according to the invention have a=b=1, i.e. both L1 and L2 are present, more preferably L1 and L2 are same. Especially preferred are symmetrical antibody-payload conjugates, wherein each occurrence of a/b, e, G, Su, Z and L1/L2 is the same.
In (1), AB is an antibody. Preferably AB is a monoclonal antibody, more preferably selected from the group consisting of IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG and IgM antibodies. Even more preferably AB is an IgG antibody. The IgG antibody may be of any IgG isotype. The antibody may be any IgG isotype, e.g. IgG1, IgG2, IgI3 or IgG4. Preferably AB is a full-length antibody, but AB may also be a Fc fragment.
Each of the two GlcNAc moieties in (1) are preferably present at a native N-glycosylation site in the Fc-fragment of antibody AB. Preferably said GlcNAc moieties are attached to an asparagine amino acid in the region 290-305 of AB. In a further preferred embodiment, the antibody is an IgG type antibody, and, depending on the particular IgG type antibody, said GlcNAc moieties are present on amino acid asparagine 297 (Asn297 or N297) of AB.
Each of the two GlcNAc moieties in (4) are preferably present at a native N-glycosylation site in the Fc-fragment of antibody AB. Preferably, said GlcNAc moieties are attached to an asparagine amino acid in the region 290-305 of AB. In a further preferred embodiment, the antibody is an IgG type antibody, and, depending on the particular IgG type antibody, said GlcNAc moieties are present on amino acid asparagine 297 (Asn297 or N297) of the antibody.
G is a monosaccharide moiety and e is an integer in the range of 0-10. G is preferably selected from the group consisting of glucose (Glc), galactose (Gal), mannose (Man), fucose (Fuc), N-acetylglucosamine (GlcNAc), N-acetylgalactosamine (GalNAc), N-acetylneuraminic acid (NeuNAc) and sialic acid and xylose (Xyl). More preferably, G is selected from the group consisting of glucose (Glc), galactose (Gal), mannose (Man), fucose (Fuc), N-acetylglucosamine (GlcNAc) and N-acetylgalactosamine (GalNAc).
In a preferred embodiment, e is 0 and G is absent. G is typically absent when the glycan of the antibody is trimmed. Trimming refers to treatment with endoglycosidase, such that only the core GlcNAc moiety of the glycan remains.
In another preferred embodiment, e is an integer in the range of 1-10. In this embodiment it is further preferred that G is selected from the group consisting of glucose (Glc), galactose (Gal), mannose (Man), fucose (Fuc), N-acetylglucosamine (GlcNAc), N-acetylgalactosamine (GalNAc), N-acetylneuraminic acid (NeuNAc) or sialic acid and xylose (Xyl), more preferably from the group consisting of glucose (Glc), galactose (Gal), mannose (Man), fucose (Fuc), N-acetylglucosamine (GlcNAc) and N-acetylgalactosamine (GalNAc).
When e is 3-10, (G)e may be linear or branched. Preferred examples of branched oligosaccharides (G)e are (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (h) and (h) as shown below.
In case G is present, it is preferred that it ends in GlcNAc. In other words, the monosaccharide residue directly connected to Su is GlcNAc. The presence of a GlcNAc moiety facilitates the synthesis of the functionalized antibody, as monosaccharide derivative Su can readily be introduced by glycosyltransfer onto a terminal GlcNAc residue. In the above preferred embodiments for (G)e, having structure (a)-(h), moiety Su may be connected to any of the terminal GlcNAc residues, i.e. not the one with the wavy bond, which is connected to the core GlcNAc residue on the antibody.
It is particularly preferred that G is absent, i.e. that e=0. An advantage of an antibody-payload conjugate (1) wherein e=0 is that when such conjugate is used clinically, binding to Fc gamma receptors CD16, CD32 and CD64 is significantly reduced or fully abrogated.
Su is a monosaccharide derivative, also referred to as sugar derivative. Preferably, the sugar derivative is able to be incorporated into the functionalized antibody by means of glycosyltransfer. See
In antibody-payload conjugate (1) Z is a connecting group. As described in more detail above, the term “connecting group” refers to a structural element connecting one part of a compound and another part of the same compound. In (1), Z connects both Su derivatives with branching moiety BM, via L1 and/or L2 if present. Whether L1 and/or L2 are present or not depends on the value of a and b. In a preferred embodiment, both occurrences of Z are the same.
As will be understood by the person skilled in the art, the nature of a connecting group depends on the type of reaction with which the connection between the parts of said compound was obtained. As an example, when the carboxyl group of R—C(O)—OH is reacted with the amino group of H2N—R′ to form R—C(O)—N(H)—R′, R is connected to R′ via connecting group Z, and Z is represented by the group —C(O)—N(H)—. Since connecting group Z originates from the reaction between Q and F, it can take any form. Moreover, for the working of the present invention, the nature of connecting group Z is not crucial.
As will be understood by the person skilled in the art, the nature of a connecting group depends on the type of organic reaction with which the connection between the specific parts of said compound was obtained. A large number of organic reactions are available for connecting a reactive group Q1 to a spacer moiety, and for connecting a payload to a spacer-moiety. Consequently, there is a large variety of both connecting groups Z. For example, Z may be obtainable by a cycloaddition or a nucleophilic reaction, preferably wherein the cycloaddition is a [4+2] cycloaddition or a 1,3-dipolar cycloaddition and the nucleophilic reaction is a Michael addition or a nucleophilic substitution.
In the context of the present invention, connecting group Z connects the antibody, optionally via a spacer, to linker L. Numerous reactions are known in the art for the attachment of a reactive group Q to a reactive group F. Consequently, a wide variety of connecting groups Z may be present in the conjugate according to the invention. In one embodiment, the connecting group Z is selected from the options described above, preferably as depicted in
For example, when F comprises or is a thiol group, complementary groups Q include N-maleimidyl groups and alkenyl groups, and the corresponding connecting groups Z are as shown in
For example, when F comprises or is a ketone group, complementary groups Q include (O-alkyl)hydroxylamino groups and hydrazine groups, and the corresponding connecting groups Z are as shown in
For example, when F comprises or is an alkynyl group, complementary groups Q include azido groups, and the corresponding connecting group Z is as shown in
For example, when F comprises or is an azido group, complementary groups Q include alkynyl groups, and the corresponding connecting group Z is as shown in
For example, when F comprises or is a cyclopropenyl group, a trans-cyclooctene group or a cycloalkyne group, complementary groups Q include tetrazinyl groups, and the corresponding connecting group Z is as shown in
For example, when F comprises or is a tetrazinyl group, complementary groups Q include a cyclopropenyl group, a trans-cyclooctene group or a cycloalkyne group, and the corresponding connecting group Z is as shown in
Additional suitable combinations of F and Q, and the nature of resulting connecting group Z are known to a person skilled in the art, and are e.g. described in G. T. Hermanson, “Bioconjugate Techniques”, Elsevier, 3rd Ed. 2013 (ISBN:978-0-12-382239-0), in particular in Chapter 3, pages 229-258, incorporated by reference. A list of complementary reactive groups suitable for bioconjugation processes is disclosed in Table 3.1, pages 230-232 of Chapter 3 of G. T. Hermanson, “Bioconjugate Techniques”, Elsevier, 3rd Ed. 2013 (ISBN:978-0-12-382239-0), and the content of this Table is expressly incorporated by reference herein.
In a preferred embodiment, connecting group Z is according to any one of structures (Za) to (Zk), as defined below. Preferably, Z is according to structures (Za), (Ze) or (Zj):
Connecting group (Zh) typically rearranges to (Zg) with the liberation of N2.
In a preferred embodiment, each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —S—S—, —NR2—, —N═N—, —C(O)—, —C(O)—NR2—, —O—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR2, —NR2—C(O)—,—NR2—C(O)—O—, —NR2—C(O)—NR2—, —S—C(O)—, —S—C(O)—O—, —S—C(O)—NR2—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —O—S(O)2—, —O—S(O)2—O—, —O—S(O)2—NR2—, —O—S(O)—, —O—S(O)—O—, —O—S(O)—NR2—, —O—NR2—C(O)—, —O—NR2—C(O)—O—, —O—NR2—C(O)—NR2—, —NR2—O—C(O)—, —NR2—O—C(O)—O—, —NR2—O—C(O)—NR2—, —O—NR2—C(S)—, —O—NR2—C(S)—O—, —O—NR2—C(S)—NR2—, —NR2—O—C(S)—, —NR2—O—C(S)—O—, —NR2—O—C(S)—NR2—, —O—C(S)—, —O—C(S)—O—, —O—C(S)—NR2—, —NR2—C(S)—, —NR2—C(S)—O—, —NR2—C(S)—NR2—, —S—S(O)2—, —S—S(O)2—O—, —S—S(O)2—NR2—, —NR2—O—S(O)—, —NR2—O—S(O)—O—. —NR2—O—S(O)—NR2—, —NR2—O—S(O)2—, —NR2—O—S(O)2O—, —NR2—O—S(O)2—NR2—, —O—NR2—S(O)—, —O—NR2—S(O)—O—, —O—NR2—S(O)—NR2—, —O—NR2—S(O)2—O—, —O—NR2—S(O)2—NR2—, —O—NR2—O—S(O)2—, —O—P(O)(R2)2—, —S—P(O)(R2)2—, —NR2—P(O)(R2)2— and the moieties represented by any one of (Za)-(Zi). Herein, R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C24 alkyl groups, C2-C24 alkenyl groups, C2-C24 alkynyl groups and C3-C24 cycloalkyl groups, the alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups and cycloalkyl groups being optionally substituted.
More preferably, each Z contains a moiety selected from the group consisting of a triazole, a cyclohexene, a cyclohexadiene, an isoxazoline, an isoxazolidine, a pyrazoline, a piperazine, a thioether, an amide or an imide group. Triazole moieties are especially preferred to be present in Z.
In an especially preferred embodiment, connecting group Z comprises a triazole moiety and is according to structure (Zj):
Herein, R15, X10, u, u′ and v are as defined for (Q36), and all preferred embodiments thereof equally apply to (Zj). The wavy lines indicate the connection to adjacent moieties (Su and (L1)a or (L2)b), and the connectivity depends on the specific nature of Q and F. Although either site of the connecting group according to (Zj) may be connected to (L1)a/(L2)b, it is preferred that the upper wavy bond as depicted represents the connectivity to Su. The connecting groups according to structure (Zf) and (Zk) are preferred embodiments of the connecting group according to (Zj).
In an especially preferred embodiment, connecting group Z comprises a triazole moiety and is according to structure (Zk):
Herein, R15, R18, R19, and I are as defined for (Q37), and all preferred embodiments thereof equally apply to (Zj). The wavy lines indicate the connection to adjacent moieties (Su and (L1)a or (L2)b), and the connectivity depends on the specific nature of Q and F. Although either site of the connecting group according to (Zj) may be connected to (L1)a, it is preferred that the left wavy bond as depicted represents the connectivity to Su
In a preferred embodiment, Q comprises or is an alkyne moiety and F is an azido moiety, such that connecting group Z comprises an triazole moiety. Preferred connecting groups comprising a triazole moiety are the connecting groups according to structure (Ze) or (Zj), wherein the connecting groups according to structure (Zj) is preferably according to structure (Zk) or (Zf). In a preferred embodiment, the connecting groups is according to structure (Zj), more preferably according to structure (Zk) or (Zf).
A “branching moiety” in the context of the present invention refers to a moiety that is embedded in a linker connecting three moieties. In other words, the branching moiety comprises at least three bonds to other moieties, one bond to reactive group F, connecting group Z or payload D, one bond to reactive group Q or connecting group Z, and one bond to reactive group Q or connecting group Z.
Any moiety that contains at least three bonds to other moieties is suitable as branching moiety in the context of the present invention. Suitable branching moieties include a carbon atom (BM-1), a nitrogen atom (BM-3), a phosphorus atom (phosphine (BM-5) and phosphine oxide (BM-6)), aromatic rings such as a phenyl ring (e.g. BM-7) or a pyridyl ring (e.g. BM-9), a (hetero)cycle (e.g. BM-11 and BM-12) and polycyclic moieties (e.g. BM-13, BM-14 and BM-15). Preferred branching moieties are selected from carbon atoms and phenyl rings, most preferably BM is a carbon atom. Structures (BM-1) to (BM-15) are depicted here below, wherein the three branches, i.e. bonds to other moieties as defined above, are indicated by * (a bond labelled with *).
In (BM-1), one of the branches labelled with * may be a single or a double bond, indicated with In (BM-11) to (BM-15), the following applies:
The skilled person appreciates that the values of w and the bond order of the bonds represented by are interdependent. Thus, whenever an occurrence of W is bonded to an endocyclic double bond, w=1 for that occurrence of W, while whenever an occurrence of W is bonded to two endocyclic single bonds, w=0 for that occurrence of W. For BM-12, at least one of o and p is not 0.
Representative examples of branching moieties according to structure (BM-11) and (BM-12) include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, aziridine, azetidine, diazetidine, oxetane, thietane, pyrrolidine, dihydropyrrolyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, thiolanyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, dioxolanyl, dithiolanyl, piperidinyl, oxanyl, thianyl, piperazinyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, dioxanyl, trioxanyl, dithyanyl, trithianyl, azepanyl, oxepanyl and thiepanyl. Preferred cyclic moieties for use as branching moiety include cyclopropenyl, cyclohexyl, oxanyl (tetrahydropyran) and dioxanyl. The substitution pattern of the three branches determines whether the branching moiety is of structure (BM-11) or of structure (BM-12).
Representative examples of branching moieties according to structure (BM-13) to (BM-15) include decalin, tetralin, dialin, naphthalene, indene, indane, isoindene, indole, isoindole, indoline, isoindoline, and the like.
In a preferred embodiment, BM is a carbon atom. In case the carbon atom is according to structure (BM-1) and has all four bonds to distinct moieties, the carbon atom is chiral. The stereochemistry of the carbon atom is not crucial for the present invention, and may be S or R. The same holds for the phosphine (BM-6). Most preferably, the carbon atom is according to structure (BM-1). One of the branches indicated with * in the carbon atom according to structure (BM-1) may be a double bond, in which case the carbon atom may be part of an alkene or imine. In case BM is a carbon atom, the carbon atom may be part of a larger functional group, such as an acetal, a ketal, a hemiketal, an orthoester, an orthocarbonate ester, an amino acid and the like. This also holds in case BM is a nitrogen or phosphorus atom, in which case it may be part of an amide, an imide, an imine, a phosphine oxide (as in BM-6) or a phosphotriester.
In a preferred embodiment, BM is a phenyl ring. Most preferably, the phenyl ring is according to structure (BM-7). The substitution pattern of the phenyl ring may be of any regiochemistry, such as 1,2,3-substituted phenyl rings, 1,2,4-substituted phenyl rings, or 1,3,5-substituted phenyl rings. To allow optimal flexibility and conformational freedom, it is preferred that the phenyl ring is according to structure (BM-7), most preferably the phenyl ring is 1,3,5-substituted. The same holds for the pyridine ring of (BM-9).
In a preferred embodiment, the branching moiety BM is selected from a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, a (hetero)aromatic ring, a (hetero)cycle or a polycyclic moiety.
Each of L1, L2 and L3 may be absent or present, but preferably all three linking units are present. In a preferred embodiment, each of L1, L2 and L3, if present, is independently a chain of at least 2, preferably 5 to 100, atoms selected from C, N, O, S and P. Herein, the chain of atoms refers to the shortest chain of atoms going from the extremities of the linking unit. The atoms within the chain may also be referred to as backbone atoms. As the skilled person will appreciate, atoms having more than two valencies, such as C, N and P, may be appropriately functionalized in order to complete the valency of these atoms. In other words, the backbone atoms are optionally functionalized. In a preferred embodiment, each of L1, L2 and L3, if present, is independently a chain of at least 5 to 50, preferably 6 to 25 atoms selected from C, N, O, S and P. The backbone atoms are preferably selected from C, N and O.
Linkers L1 and L2 connect BM with reactive moieties Q. It is preferred that L1 and L2 are both present, i.e. a=b=1, more preferably they are the same. In an especially preferred embodiment, (L1)a-Z is identical to (L2)b-Z.
L1 and L2 may be independently selected from the group consisting of linear or branched C1-C200 alkylene groups, C2-C200 alkenylene groups, C2-C200 alkynylene groups, C3-C200 cycloalkylene groups, C5-C200 cycloalkenylene groups, C8-C200 cycloalkynylene groups, C7-C200 alkylarylene groups, C7-C200 arylalkylene groups, C8-C200 arylalkenylene groups and C9-C200 arylalkynylene groups, the alkylene groups, alkenylene groups, alkynylene groups, cycloalkylene groups, cycloalkenylene groups, cycloalkynylene groups, alkylarylene groups, arylalkylene groups, arylalkenylene groups and arylalkynylene groups being optionally substituted and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and NR3, wherein R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C24 alkyl groups, C2-C24 alkenyl groups, C2-C24 alkynyl groups and C3-C24 cycloalkyl groups, the alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups and cycloalkyl groups being optionally substituted. When the alkylene groups, alkenylene groups, alkynylene groups, cycloalkylene groups, cycloalkenylene groups, cycloalkynylene groups, alkylarylene groups, arylalkylene groups, arylalkenylene groups and arylalkynylene groups are interrupted by one or more heteroatoms as defined above, it is preferred that said groups are interrupted by one or more O-atoms, and/or by one or more S—S groups.
More preferably, L1 and L2, if present, are independently selected from the group consisting of linear or branched C1-C100 alkylene groups, C2-C100 alkenylene groups, C2-C100 alkynylene groups, C3-C100 cycloalkylene groups, C5-C100 cycloalkenylene groups, C8-C100 cycloalkynylene groups, C7-C100 alkylarylene groups, C7-C100 arylalkylene groups, C8-C100 arylalkenylene groups and C9-C100 arylalkynylene groups, the alkylene groups, alkenylene groups, alkynylene groups, cycloalkylene groups, cycloalkenylene groups, cycloalkynylene groups, alkylarylene groups, arylalkylene groups, arylalkenylene groups and arylalkynylene groups being optionally substituted and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and NR3, wherein R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C24 alkyl groups, C2-C24 alkenyl groups, C2-C24 alkynyl groups and C3-C24 cycloalkyl groups, the alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups and cycloalkyl groups being optionally substituted.
Even more preferably, L1 and L2, if present, are independently selected from the group consisting of linear or branched C1-C50 alkylene groups, C2-C50 alkenylene groups, C2-C50 alkynylene groups, C3-C50 cycloalkylene groups, C5-C50 cycloalkenylene groups, C8-C50 cycloalkynylene groups, C7-C50 alkylarylene groups, C7-C50 arylalkylene groups, C8-C50 arylalkenylene groups and C9-C50 arylalkynylene groups, the alkylene groups, alkenylene groups, alkynylene groups, cycloalkylene groups, cycloalkenylene groups, cycloalkynylene groups, alkylarylene groups, arylalkylene groups, arylalkenylene groups and arylalkynylene groups being optionally substituted and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and NR3, wherein R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C24 alkyl groups, C2-C24 alkenyl groups, C2-C24 alkynyl groups and C3-C24 cycloalkyl groups, the alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups and cycloalkyl groups being optionally substituted.
Yet even more preferably, L1 and L2, if present, are independently selected from the group consisting of linear or branched C1-C20 alkylene groups, C2-C20 alkenylene groups, C2-C20 alkynylene groups, C3-C20 cycloalkylene groups, C5-C20 cycloalkenylene groups, C8-C20 cycloalkynylene groups, C7-C20 alkylarylene groups, C7-C20 arylalkylene groups, C8-C20 arylalkenylene groups and C9-C20 arylalkynylene groups, the alkylene groups, alkenylene groups, alkynylene groups, cycloalkylene groups, cycloalkenylene groups, cycloalkynylene groups, alkylarylene groups, arylalkylene groups, arylalkenylene groups and arylalkynylene groups being optionally substituted and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and NR3, wherein R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C24 alkyl groups, C2-C24 alkenyl groups, C2-C24 alkynyl groups and C3-C24 cycloalkyl groups, the alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups and cycloalkyl groups being optionally substituted.
In these preferred embodiments it is further preferred that the alkylene groups, alkenylene groups, alkynylene groups, cycloalkylene groups, cycloalkenylene groups, cycloalkynylene groups, alkylarylene groups, arylalkylene groups, arylalkenylene groups and arylalkynylene groups are unsubstituted and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and NR3, preferably O, wherein R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl groups, preferably hydrogen or methyl.
Most preferably, L1 and L2, if present, are independently selected from the group consisting of linear or branched C1-C2m alkylene groups, the alkylene groups being optionally substituted and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and NR3, wherein R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C24 alkyl groups, C2-C24 alkenyl groups, C2-C24 alkynyl groups and C3-C24 cycloalkyl groups, the alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups and cycloalkyl groups being optionally substituted. In this embodiment, it is further preferred that the alkylene groups are unsubstituted and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and NR3, preferably O and/or or S—S, wherein R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl groups, preferably hydrogen or methyl.
Preferred linkers L1 and L2 include —(CH2)n1—, —(CH2CH2)n1—, —(CH2CH2O)n1—, —(OCH2CH2)n1—, —(CH2CH2O)n1CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2(OCH2CH2)n1—, —(CH2CH2CH2O)n1—, —(OCH2CH2CH2)n1—, —(CH2CH2CH2O)n1CH2CH2CH2— and —CH2CH2CH2(OCH2CH2CH2)n1—, wherein n1 is an integer in the range of 1 to 50, preferably in the range of 1 to 40, more preferably in the range of 1 to 30, even more preferably in the range of 1 to 20 and yet even more preferably in the range of 1 to 15. More preferably n1 is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10, more preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8, even more preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, yet even more preferably 1, 2, 3 or 4.
In one embodiment, L3 is absent and c=0. In an alternative and more preferred embodiment, L3 is present and c=1. If L3 is present, it may be the same as L1 and L2 or different, preferably it is different.
In a preferred embodiment, L3 may contain one or more of L4, L5, L6 and L7. Thus, in one embodiment, L3 is -(L4)n-(L5)o-(L6)p-(L7)q-, wherein L4, L3, L6 and L7 are linkers that together form linker L as further defined here below; n, o, p and q are individually 0 or 1. In a preferred embodiment, at least linkers L4 and L5 are present (i.e. n=1; o=1; p=0 or 1; q=0 or 1), more preferably linkers L4, L5 and L6 are present and L7 is either present or not (i.e. n=1; o=1; p=1; q=0 or 1). In one embodiment, linkers L4, L3, L6 and L7 are present (i.e. n=1; o=1; p=1; q=1). In one embodiment, linkers L4, L3 and L6 are present and L7 is not (i.e. n=1; o=1; p=1; q=0). In one embodiment n+o+p+q=1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 3 or 4. In a preferred embodiment, L3 and L6 are both present, i.e. o+p=2. Most preferably, n+o+p+q=4.
Linker L3 may contain a connecting group Z3 that is formed when payload D is connected to the linker construct, which may either be before or after reaction of the linker construct (in particular reactive moieties Q) with a functionalized antibody (in particular reactive moieties F). The connecting group within linker L3 may be formed at the junction any of the linking units L4, L5, L6 and L7, or may separately be present within linker L3. For example, L3 may be represented by —Z3-(L4)n-(L5)o-(L6)p-(L7)q- or -(L4)n-Z3-(L5)o-(L6)p-(L7)q-. Herein, Z may take any form, and is preferably as defined further below for the connecting group obtained by the reaction of Q and F. Linker L
Linker L4 is either absent (n=0) or present (n=1). Preferably, linker L4 is present and n=1. L4 may for example be selected from the group consisting of linear or branched C1-C20 alkylene groups, C2-C200 alkenylene groups, C2-C200 alkynylene groups, C3-C200 cycloalkylene groups, C5-C200 cycloalkenylene groups, C8-C200 cycloalkynylene groups, C7-C200 alkylarylene groups, C7-C200 arylalkylene groups, C8-C200 arylalkenylene groups, C9-C200 arylalkynylene groups. Optionally the alkylene groups, alkenylene groups, alkynylene groups, cycloalkylene groups, cycloalkenylene groups, cycloalkynylene groups, alkylarylene groups, arylalkylene groups, arylalkenylene groups and arylalkynylene groups may be substituted, and optionally said groups may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms, preferably 1 to 100 heteroatoms, said heteroatoms preferably being selected from the group consisting of O, S(O), and NR15, wherein y is 0, 1 or 2, preferably y=2, and R15 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-C24 alkyl groups, C6-C24 (hetero)aryl groups, C7-C24 alkyl(hetero)aryl groups and C7-C24 (hetero)arylalkyl groups.
L4 may contain (poly)ethylene glycoldiamines (e.g. 1,8-diamino-3,6-dioxaoctane or equivalents comprising longer ethylene glycol chains), polyethylene glycol or polyethylene oxide chains, polypropylene glycol or polypropylene oxide chains and 1,z-diaminoalkanes wherein z is the number of carbon atoms in the alkane (z may for example be an integer in the range of 1-10).
In a preferred embodiment, Linker L4 comprises an ethylene glycol group, a carboxylic acid moiety, a sulfonate moiety, a sulfone moiety, a phosphate moiety, a phosphinate moiety, an amino group, an ammonium group or a sulfamide group.
In a preferred embodiment, Linker L4 comprises a sulfamide group, preferably a sulfamide group according to structure (23):
The wavy lines represent the connection to the remainder of the compound, typically to BM and L5, L6, L7 or D, preferably to BM and L5. Preferably, the (O).C(O) moiety is connected to BM and the NR13 moiety to L5, L6, L7 or D, preferably to L5.
In structure (23), a1=0 or 1, preferably a1=1, and R13 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C24 alkyl groups, C3-C24 cycloalkyl groups, C2-C24 (hetero)aryl groups, C3-C24 alkyl(hetero)aryl groups and C3-C24 (hetero)arylalkyl groups, the C1-C24 alkyl groups, C3-C24 cycloalkyl groups, C2-C24 (hetero)aryl groups, C3-C24 alkyl(hetero)aryl groups and C3-C24 (hetero)arylalkyl groups optionally substituted and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from O, S and NR14 wherein R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl groups.
Alternatively, R13 is D connected to N, possibly via a spacer moiety. In one embodiment, R13 is also connected to payload D, such that a cyclic structure is formed. For example, N is part of a piperazine moiety, which is connected to D via a carbon atom or nitrogen atom, preferably via the second nitrogen atom of the piperazine ring. Preferably, the cyclic structure, e.g. the piperazine ring, is connected to D via —(B)e1-(A)f1-(B)g1—C(O)— or via —(B)e1-(A)f1-(B)g1—C(O)-(L5)o-(L6)p-(L7)q-, as further defined below.
In a preferred embodiment, R13 is hydrogen or a C1-C24 alkyl group, more preferably R13 is hydrogen or a C1-C16 alkyl group, even more preferably R13 is hydrogen or a C1-C10 alkyl group, wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from O, S and NR14, preferably O, wherein R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl groups. In a preferred embodiment, R13 is hydrogen. In another preferred embodiment, R13 is a C1-C20 alkyl group, more preferably a C1-C16 alkyl group, even more preferably a C1-C10 alkyl group, wherein the alkyl group is optionally interrupted by one or more O-atoms, and wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted with an —OH group, preferably a terminal —OH group. In this embodiment it is further preferred that R13 is a (poly)ethylene glycol chain comprising a terminal —OH group. In another preferred embodiment, R13 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl and t-butyl, more preferably from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl and i-propyl, and even more preferably from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl and ethyl. Yet even more preferably, R13 is hydrogen or methyl, and most preferably R13 is hydrogen.
In a preferred embodiment, L4 is according to structure (24):
Herein, a and R13 are as defined above, Sp1 and Sp2 are independently spacer moieties and b1 and c1 are independently 0 or 1. Preferably, b1=0 or 1 and c1=1, more preferably b1=0 and c1=1. In one embodiment, spacers Sp1 and Sp2 are independently selected from the group consisting of linear or branched C1-C200 alkylene groups, C2-C200 alkenylene groups, C2-C200 alkynylene groups, C3-C200 cycloalkylene groups, C5-C200 cycloalkenylene groups, C8-C200 cycloalkynylene groups, C7-C200 alkylarylene groups, C7-C200 arylalkylene groups, C8-C200 arylalkenylene groups and C9-C200 arylalkynylene groups, the alkylene groups, alkenylene groups, alkynylene groups, cycloalkylene groups, cycloalkenylene groups, cycloalkynylene groups, alkylarylene groups, arylalkylene groups, arylalkenylene groups and arylalkynylene groups being optionally substituted and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and NR16, wherein R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C24 alkyl groups, C2-C24 alkenyl groups, C2-C24 alkynyl groups and C3-C24 cycloalkyl groups, the alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups and cycloalkyl groups being optionally substituted. When the alkylene groups, alkenylene groups, alkynylene groups, cycloalkylene groups, cycloalkenylene groups, cycloalkynylene groups, alkylarylene groups, arylalkylene groups, arylalkenylene groups and arylalkynylene groups are interrupted by one or more heteroatoms as defined above, it is preferred that said groups are interrupted by one or more O-atoms, and/or by one or more S—S groups.
More preferably, spacer moieties Sp1 and Sp2, if present, are independently selected from the group consisting of linear or branched C1-C100 alkylene groups, C2-C100 alkenylene groups, C2-C100 alkynylene groups, C3-C100 cycloalkylene groups, C5-C100 cycloalkenylene groups, C8-C100 cycloalkynylene groups, C7-C100 alkylarylene groups, C7-C100 arylalkylene groups, C8-C100 arylalkenylene groups and C9-C100 arylalkynylene groups, the alkylene groups, alkenylene groups, alkynylene groups, cycloalkylene groups, cycloalkenylene groups, cycloalkynylene groups, alkylarylene groups, arylalkylene groups, arylalkenylene groups and arylalkynylene groups being optionally substituted and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and NR16, wherein RIG is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C24 alkyl groups, C2-C24 alkenyl groups, C2-C24 alkynyl groups and C3-C24 cycloalkyl groups, the alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups and cycloalkyl groups being optionally substituted.
Even more preferably, spacer moieties Sp1 and Sp2, if present, are independently selected from the group consisting of linear or branched C1-C50 alkylene groups, C2-C50 alkenylene groups, C2-C50 alkynylene groups, C3-C50 cycloalkylene groups, C5-C50 cycloalkenylene groups, C8-C50 cycloalkynylene groups, C7-C50 alkylarylene groups, C7-C50 arylalkylene groups, C8-C50 arylalkenylene groups and C9-C50 arylalkynylene groups, the alkylene groups, alkenylene groups, alkynylene groups, cycloalkylene groups, cycloalkenylene groups, cycloalkynylene groups, alkylarylene groups, arylalkylene groups, arylalkenylene groups and arylalkynylene groups being optionally substituted and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and NR16, wherein R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C24 alkyl groups, C2-C24 alkenyl groups, C2-C24 alkynyl groups and C3-C24 cycloalkyl groups, the alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups and cycloalkyl groups being optionally substituted.
Yet even more preferably, spacer moieties Sp1 and Sp2, if present, are independently selected from the group consisting of linear or branched C1-C20 alkylene groups, C2-C20 alkenylene groups, C2-C20 alkynylene groups, C3-C20 cycloalkylene groups, C5-C20 cycloalkenylene groups, C8-C20 cycloalkynylene groups, C7-C20 alkylarylene groups, C7-C20 arylalkylene groups, C8-C2m arylalkenylene groups and C9-C20 arylalkynylene groups, the alkylene groups, alkenylene groups, alkynylene groups, cycloalkylene groups, cycloalkenylene groups, cycloalkynylene groups, alkylarylene groups, arylalkylene groups, arylalkenylene groups and arylalkynylene groups being optionally substituted and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and NR16, wherein R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C24 alkyl groups, C2-C24 alkenyl groups, C2-C24 alkynyl groups and C3-C24 cycloalkyl groups, the alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups and cycloalkyl groups being optionally substituted.
In these preferred embodiments it is further preferred that the alkylene groups, alkenylene groups, alkynylene groups, cycloalkylene groups, cycloalkenylene groups, cycloalkynylene groups, alkylarylene groups, arylalkylene groups, arylalkenylene groups and arylalkynylene groups are unsubstituted and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and NR16, preferably O, wherein R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl groups, preferably hydrogen or methyl.
Most preferably, spacer moieties Sp1 and Sp2, if present, are independently selected from the group consisting of linear or branched C1-C2m alkylene groups, the alkylene groups being optionally substituted and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and NR16, wherein R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C24 alkyl groups, C2-C24 alkenyl groups, C2-C24 alkynyl groups and C3-C24 cycloalkyl groups, the alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups and cycloalkyl groups being optionally substituted. In this embodiment, it is further preferred that the alkylene groups are unsubstituted and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and NR16, preferably O and/or or S—S, wherein R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl groups, preferably hydrogen or methyl.
Preferred spacer moieties Sp1 and Sp2 thus include —(CH2)r—, —(CH2CH2)r—, —(CH2CH2O)r—, —(OCH2CH2)r—, —(CH2CH2O)r—CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2(OCH2CH2)r—, —(CH2CH2CH2O)r—, —(OCH2CH2CH2)r—, —(CH2CH2CH2O)r—CH2CH2CH2— and —CH2CH2CH2(OCH2CH2CH2)r—, wherein r is an integer in the range of 1 to 50, preferably in the range of 1 to 40, more preferably in the range of 1 to 30, even more preferably in the range of 1 to 20 and yet even more preferably in the range of 1 to 15. More preferably r is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10, more preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8, even more preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, yet even more preferably 1, 2, 3 or 4.
Alternatively, preferred linkers L4 may be represented by —(W)k1-(A)d1-(B)e1-(A)f1-(C(O))g1—, wherein:
In the context of the present embodiment, the wavy lines in structure (23) represent the connection to the adjacent groups such as (W)k1, (B)e1 and (C(O))g1. It is preferred that A is according to structure (23), wherein a1=1 and R13═H or a C1-C20 alkyl group, more preferably R13═H or methyl, most preferably R13═H.
Preferred linkers L4 are as follows:
In one embodiment, linker L4 comprises a branching nitrogen atom, which is located in the backbone between BM and (L5)o and which contains a further moiety D as substituent, which is preferably linked to the branching nitrogen atom via a linker. An example of a branching nitrogen atom is the nitrogen atom NR13 in structure (23), wherein R13 is connected to a second occurrence of D via a spacer moiety. Alternatively, a branching nitrogen atoms may be located within L4 according to structure —(W)k1-(A)d1-(B)e1-(A)n1-(C(O))g1—. In one embodiment, L4 is represented by —(W)k1-(A)d1-(B)e1-(A)f1-(C(O))g1—N*[-(A)d1-(B)e1-(A)f1-(C(O))g1-]2, wherein A, B, W, d1, e1, f1, g1 and k1 are as defined above and individually selected for each occurrence, and N* is the branching nitrogen atoms, to which two instances of -(A)d1-(B)e1-(A)f1-(C(O))g1— are connected. Herein, both (C(O))g1 moieties are connected to -(L5)o-(L5)p-(L7)q-D, wherein L5, L6, L7, o, p, q and D are as defined above and are each selected individually. In a most preferred embodiment, such a branching atom is not present and linker L4 does not contain a connection to a further moiety D.
Linker L5 is either absent (o=0) or present (o=1). Preferably, linker L5 is present and o=1. Linker L5 is a peptide spacer as known in the art, preferably comprising 2-5 amino acids, more preferably a dipeptide or tripeptide spacer, most preferably a dipeptide spacer. Although any peptide spacer may be used, preferably linker L5 is selected from Val-Cit, Val-Ala, Val-Lys, Val-Arg, Phe-Cit, Phe-Ala, Phe-Lys, Phe-Arg, Ala-Lys, Leu-Cit, Ile-Cit, Trp-Cit, Ala-Ala-Asn, Ala-Asn, more preferably Val-Cit, Val-Ala, Val-Lys, Phe-Cit, Phe-Ala, Phe-Lys, Ala-Ala-Asn, more preferably Val-Cit, Val-Ala, Ala-Ala-Asn. In one embodiment, L5=Val-Cit. In one embodiment, L5=Val-Ala.
In a preferred embodiment, L5 is represented by general structure (27):
Herein, R17═CH3 or CH2CH2CH2NHC(O)NH2. The wavy lines indicate the connection to (L4)n and (L6)p, preferably L5 according to structure (27) is connected to (L4)n via NH and to (L6)p via C(O).
Linker L6 is either absent (p=0) or present (p=1). Preferably, linker L6 is present and p=1. Linker L6 is a self-cleavable spacer, also referred to as self-immolative spacer. Preferably, L6 is para-aminobenzyloxycarbonyl (PABC) derivative, more preferably a PABC derivative according to structure (25).
Herein, the wavy lines indicate the connection to (L5)n and to (L7)p. Typically, the PABC derivative is connected via NH to (L5)n, and via O to (L7)p.
R3 is H, R4 or C(O)R4, wherein R4 is C1-C24 (hetero)alkyl groups, C3-C10 (hetero)cycloalkyl groups, C2-C10 (hetero)aryl groups, C3-C10 alkyl(hetero)aryl groups and C3-C10 (hetero)arylalkyl groups, which optionally substituted and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from O, S and NR5 wherein R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl groups. Preferably, R4 is C3-C10 (hetero)cycloalkyl or polyalkylene glycol. The polyalkylene glycol is preferably a polyethylene glycol or a polypropylene glycol, more preferably —(CH2CH2O)sH or —(CH2CH2CH2O)sH. The polyalkylene glycol is most preferably a polyethylene glycol, preferably —(CH2CH2O)sH, wherein s is an integer in the range 1-10, preferably 1-5, most preferably s=1, 2, 3 or 4. More preferably, R3 is H or C(O)R4, wherein R4=4-methyl-piperazine or morpholine. Most preferably, R3 is H.
Linker L7 is either absent (q=0) or present (q=1). Preferably, linker L7 is present and q=1. Linker L7 is an aminoalkanoic acid spacer, i.e. —N—(Ch-alkylene)-C(O)—, wherein h is an integer in the range 1 to 20, preferably 1-10, most preferably 1-6. Herein, the aminoalkanoic acid spacer is typically connected to L6 via the nitrogen atom and to D via the carbonyl moiety. Preferred linkers L7 are selected from 6-aminohexanoic acid (Ahx, h=6), β-alanine (h=2) and glycine (Gly, h=1), even more preferably 6-aminohexanoic acid or glycine. In one embodiment, L7=6-aminohexanoic acid. In one embodiment, L7=glycine. Or linker L7 is a an ethyleneglycol spacer according to the structure —N—(CH2—CH2—O)e6—(CH2)e7—(C(O)—, wherein e6 is an integer in the range 1-10 and e7 is an integer in the range 1-3.
In a preferred embodiment of the linker-conjugate according to the invention, the payload is selected from the group consisting of an active substance, a reporter molecule, a polymer, a solid surface, a hydrogel, a nanoparticle, a microparticle and a biomolecule. Especially preferred payloads are active substances and reporter molecules, in particular active substances.
The term “active substance” herein relates to a pharmacological and/or biological substance, i.e. a substance that is biologically and/or pharmaceutically active, for example a drug, a prodrug, a diagnostic agent, a protein, a peptide, a polypeptide, a peptide tag, an amino acid, a glycan, a lipid, a vitamin, a steroid, a nucleotide, a nucleoside, a polynucleotide, RNA or DNA. Examples of peptide tags include cell-penetrating peptides like human lactoferrin or polyarginine. An example of a glycan is oligomannose. An example of an amino acid is lysine.
When the payload is an active substance, the active substance is preferably selected from the group consisting of drugs and prodrugs. More preferably, the active substance is selected from the group consisting of pharmaceutically active compounds, in particular low to medium molecular weight compounds (e.g. about 200 to about 2500 Da, preferably about 300 to about 1750 Da). In a further preferred embodiment, the active substance is selected from the group consisting of cytotoxins, antiviral agents, antibacterials agents, peptides and oligonucleotides. Examples of cytotoxins include colchicine, vinca alkaloids, anthracyclines, camptothecins, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, taxanes, calicheamycins, tubulysins, irinotecans, an inhibitory peptide, amanitin, deBouganin, duocarmycins, maytansines, auristatins, enediynes, pyrrolobenzodiazepines (PBDs) or indolinobenzodiazepine dimers (IGN) or PNU159,682.
The term “reporter molecule” herein refers to a molecule whose presence is readily detected, for example a diagnostic agent, a dye, a fluorophore, a radioactive isotope label, a contrast agent, a magnetic resonance imaging agent or a mass label.
A wide variety of fluorophores, also referred to as fluorescent probes, is known to a person skilled in the art. Several fluorophores are described in more detail in e.g. G. T. Hermanson, “Bioconjugate Techniques”, Elsevier, 3rd Ed. 2013, Chapter 10: “Fluorescent probes”, p. 395-463, incorporated by reference. Examples of a fluorophore include all kinds of Alexa Fluor (e.g. Alexa Fluor 555), cyanine dyes (e.g. Cy3 or Cy5) and cyanine dye derivatives, coumarin derivatives, fluorescein and fluorescein derivatives, rhodamine and rhodamine derivatives, boron dipyrromethene derivatives, pyrene derivatives, naphthalimide derivatives, phycobiliprotein derivatives (e.g. allophycocyanin), chromomycin, lanthanide chelates and quantum dot nanocrystals.
Examples of a radioactive isotope label include 99mTc, 111In, 114mIn, 115In, 18F, 14C, 64Cu, 131I, 125I, 123I, 212Bi, 88Y, 90Y, 67Cu, 186Rh, 188Rh, 66Ga, 67Ga and 10B, which is optionally connected via a chelating moiety such as e.g. DTPA (diethylenetriaminepentaacetic anhydride), DOTA (1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-N,N′,N″,N′″-tetraacetic acid), NOTA (1,4,7-triazacyclononane N,N′,N″-triacetic acid), TETA (1,4,8,11-tetraazacyclotetradecane-N,N′,N″,N′″-tetraacetic acid), DTTA (N1-(p-isothiocyanatobenzy)-diethylenetriamine-N1,N2,N3,N3-tetraacetic acid), deferoxamine or DFA (N′-[5-[[4-[[5-(acetylhydroxyamino)pentyl]amino]-1,4-dioxobutyl]hydroxyamino]pentyl]-N-(5-aminopenty)-N-hydroxybutanediamide) or HYNIC (hydrazinonicotinamide). Isotopic labelling techniques are known to a person skilled in the art, and are described in more detail in e.g. G. T. Hermanson, “Bioconjugate Techniques”, Elsevier, 3rd Ed. 2013, Chapter 12: “Isotopic labelling techniques”, p. 507-534, incorporated by reference.
Polymers suitable for use as a payload D in the compound according to the invention are known to a person skilled in the art, and several examples are described in more detail in e.g. G. T. Hermanson, “Bioconjugate Techniques”, Elsevier, 3rd Ed. 2013, Chapter 18: “PEGylation and synthetic polymer modification”, p. 787-838, incorporated by reference. When payload D is a polymer, payload D is preferably independently selected from the group consisting of a poly(ethyleneglycol) (PEG), a polyethylene oxide (PEO), a polypropylene glycol (PPG), a polypropylene oxide (PPO), a 1,x-diaminoalkane polymer (wherein x is the number of carbon atoms in the alkane, and preferably x is an integer in the range of 2 to 200, preferably 2 to 10), a (poly)ethylene glycol diamine (e.g. 1,8-diamino-3,6-dioxaoctane and equivalents comprising longer ethylene glycol chains), a polysaccharide (e.g. dextran), a poly(amino acid) (e.g. a poly(L-lysine)) and a poly(vinyl alcohol).
Solid surfaces suitable for use as a payload D are known to a person skilled in the art. A solid surface is for example a functional surface (e.g. a surface of a nanomaterial, a carbon nanotube, a fullerene or a virus capsid), a metal surface (e.g. a titanium, gold, silver, copper, nickel, tin, rhodium or zinc surface), a metal alloy surface (wherein the alloy is from e.g. aluminium, bismuth, chromium, cobalt, copper, gallium, gold, indium, iron, lead, magnesium, mercury, nickel, potassium, plutonium, rhodium, scandium, silver, sodium, titanium, tin, uranium, zinc and/or zirconium), a polymer surface (wherein the polymer is e.g. polystyrene, polyvinylchloride, polyethylene, polypropylene, poly(dimethylsiloxane) or polymethylmethacrylate, polyacrylamide), a glass surface, a silicone surface, a chromatography support surface (wherein the chromatography support is e.g. a silica support, an agarose support, a cellulose support or an alumina support), etc. When payload D is a solid surface, it is preferred that D is independently selected from the group consisting of a functional surface or a polymer surface.
Hydrogels are known to the person skilled in the art. Hydrogels are water-swollen networks, formed by cross-links between the polymeric constituents. See for example A. S. Hoffman, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 2012, 64, 18, incorporated by reference. When the payload is a hydrogel, it is preferred that the hydrogel is composed of poly(ethylene)glycol (PEG) as the polymeric basis.
Micro- and nanoparticles suitable for use as a payload D are known to a person skilled in the art. A variety of suitable micro- and nanoparticles is described in e.g. G. T. Hermanson, “Bioconjugate Techniques”, Elsevier, 3rd Ed. 2013, Chapter 14: “Microparticles and nanoparticles”, p. 549-587, incorporated by reference. The micro- or nanoparticles may be of any shape, e.g. spheres, rods, tubes, cubes, triangles and cones. Preferably, the micro- or nanoparticles are of a spherical shape. The chemical composition of the micro- and nanoparticles may vary. When payload D is a micro- or a nanoparticle, the micro- or nanoparticle is for example a polymeric micro- or nanoparticle, a silica micro- or nanoparticle or a gold micro- or nanoparticle. When the particle is a polymeric micro- or nanoparticle, the polymer is preferably polystyrene or a copolymer of styrene (e.g. a copolymer of styrene and divinylbenzene, butadiene, acrylate and/or vinyltoluene), polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA), polyvinyltoluene, poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate (pHEMA) or poly(ethylene glycol dimethacrylate/2-hydroxyethylmetacrylae) [poly(EDGMA/HEMA)]. Optionally, the surface of the micro- or nanoparticles is modified, e.g. with detergents, by graft polymerization of secondary polymers or by covalent attachment of another polymer or of spacer moieties, etc.
Payload D may also be a biomolecule. Biomolecules, and preferred embodiments thereof, are described in more detail below. When payload D is a biomolecule, it is preferred that the biomolecule is selected from the group consisting of proteins (including glycoproteins and antibodies), polypeptides, peptides, glycans, lipids, nucleic acids, oligonucleotides, polysaccharides, oligosaccharides, enzymes, hormones, amino acids and monosaccharides.
The DAR1 antibody-payload conjugates according to the present invention are especially suitable to be used with highly potent cytotoxins, such as PBD dimers, indolinobenzodiazepine dimers (IGN), enediynes, PNU159,682, duocarmycin dimers, amanitin and auristatins, preferably PBD dimers, indolinobenzodiazepine dimers (IGN), enediynes or PNU159,682. In an especially preferred embodiment, the payload is selected form the group of PBD dimers, indolinobenzodiazepine dimers (IGN), enediynes, PNU159,682, duocarmycin dimers, amanitin and auristatins, preferably PBD dimers, indolinobenzodiazepine dimers (IGN), enediynes or PNU159,682. In a further preferred embodiment, the payload is not a symmetric or dimeric payload.
The present invention also relates to a method for preparing an antibody-payload conjugate having a hypothetical payload-to-antibody ratio of 1, comprising the steps of:
The method according to the present invention can take two major forms, one wherein step (b) is not performed and one wherein step (b) is performed.
In one embodiment, step (b) is not performed and V present on the compound having structure (2) is the payload D. In that case, step (a) affords the final conjugate (structure (1)) directly. The process according to this preferred embodiment can be represented according to Scheme 1.
Herein, LB represents the trivalent linker according to structure (9), and which is further defined above.
Thus, in a preferred embodiment, a functionalized antibody according to structure (1) is obtained in step (a), wherein D is the payload, and step (b) is not performed.
In one embodiment, step (b) is performed and V present on the compound having structure (2) is a reactive group Q′. In that case, step (a) affords an intermediary functionalized antibody having structure (1) wherein V=Q′ (here below depicted as (1b)). This intermediary functionalized antibody contains a further reactive group Q′, which is reacted with an appropriately functionalized payload with reactive group F, to obtain the final conjugate having structure (1) wherein V=D. The process according to this preferred embodiment can be represented according to Scheme 2.
Herein, Q1 and F1 are reactive moieties just as Q and F, and the definition and preferred embodiments of Q and F equally apply to Q1 and F1. The presence of Q′ in the linker compound (2) should not interfere with the reaction, which can be accomplished with the inertness of Q′ in the reaction between Q1 and F1. The inventors have found that a trivalent linker compound wherein both Q1 and Q′ are the same reactive moiety, the reaction with Ab(F1)2 only occurs for two combinations Q1/Q′, and the third reactive moiety remains unreacted. Further reduction of a third reaction taking place at the linker compound is accomplished by performing the reaction in dilute conditions.
Thus, in a preferred embodiment, a functionalized antibody according to structure (1) is obtained in step (a), wherein D is a reactive group Q′, and step (b) is performed.
The “payload-to-antibody ratio”, also known as drug-to-antibody ratio (DAR), refers to the ratio of payload molecules to antibody molecules in a conjugate. The present invention provides an efficient route towards conjugates having a DAR of 1, i.e. one payload molecule is conjugated to one antibody molecule. The payload-to-antibody ratio of the product may be slightly below the hypothetical payload-to-antibody ratio, since not all functionalized antibodies may react with the linker compound of structure (2), such that the actual payload-to-antibody ratio may deviate somewhat (i.e. may be somewhat lower) from the hypothetical payload-to-antibody ratio. The process according to the present invention provides product mixtures with a payload-to-antibody ratio close to the hypothetical ratio of 1.
The present invention provides a greatly improved method for preparing antibody conjugates having a payload-to-antibody ratio of 1, when compared to conventional methods. Conventional methods struggle with introduction of only a single attachment point in the antibody. Antibodies contain many amino acids, such that random conjugation, such as maleimide-cysteine conjugation, typically gives a broad distribution with conjugates bearing up to 8 or even more payloads. Other conjugation methods suffer from the fact that antibodies are symmetrical, thus providing at least two of any attachment point that could be used. As such, genetic engineering may be relied upon to design recombinant antibodies containing only one attachment point.
An alternative prior art approach involves the use of symmetrically functionalized payloads, wherein a symmetric payload (a dimer) is functionalized symmetrically with two identical reactive moieties, via a linker. These two reactive moieties then react with two attachment points provided in the antibody.
The process according to the invention elegantly converts the two glycan attachment points of a symmetrical antibody in a single attachment point, by dipping a bifunctional linker compound over both glycans. As demonstrated in the examples, conjugates having a payload-to-antibody ratio of 1 can elegantly be obtained as such. Also, by virtue of the branching moiety, any payload can be conjugated to the antibody, such that the present process is not limited to symmetrical payloads.
In case V=D, the reaction of step (a) is a conjugation reaction. Otherwise, in case V=Q′, the reaction of step (b) is a conjugation reaction. The process according to the invention is compatible with any conjugation technology, and any such technology can be used for both step (a) and step (b), if performed.
In a preferred embodiment, the reaction of step (a) is a cycloaddition or cycloaddition or a nucleophilic reaction, preferably wherein the cycloaddition is a [4+2] cycloaddition or a 1,3-dipolar cycloaddition and the nucleophilic reaction is a Michael addition or a nucleophilic substitution.
In the context of the present invention, the term “reactive moiety” may refer to a chemical moiety that comprises a functional group, but also to a functional group itself. For example, a cyclooctynyl group is a reactive group comprising a functional group, namely a C—C triple bond. Similarly, an N-maleimidyl group is a reactive group, comprising a C—C double bond as a functional group. However, a functional group, for example an azido functional group, a thiol functional group or an alkynyl functional group, may herein also be referred to as a reactive group.
In order to be reactive in the process according to the invention, reactive moiety Q should be capable of reacting with reactive moiety F present on the functionalized antibody. In other words, reactive moiety Q is reactive towards reactive moiety F present on the functionalized antibody. Herein, a reactive moiety is defined as being “reactive towards” another reactive moiety when said first reactive moiety reacts with said second reactive moiety selectively, optionally in the presence of other functional groups. Complementary reactive moiety are known to a person skilled in the art, and are described in more detail below and are exemplified in
In a preferred embodiment, reactive moiety is selected from the group consisting of, optionally substituted, N-maleimidyl groups, ester groups, carbonate groups, protected thiol groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, tetrazinyl groups, azido groups, phosphine groups, nitrile oxide groups, nitrone groups, nitrile imine groups, diazo groups, ketone groups, (O-alkyl)hydroxylamino groups, hydrazine groups, allenamide groups, triazine groups, phosphonamidite groups. In an especially preferred embodiment, reactive moiety Q is an N-maleimidyl group, a phosphonamidite group, an azide group or an alkynyl group, most preferably reactive moiety Q is an alkynyl group. In case Q is an alkynyl group, it is preferred that Q is selected from terminal alkyne groups, (hetero)cycloalkynyl groups and bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-yl] groups.
In a preferred embodiment, Q comprises or is an N-maleimidyl group, preferably Q is a N-maleimidyl group. In case Q is an N-maleimidyl group, Q is preferably unsubstituted. Q is thus preferably according to structure (Q1), as shown below.
In another preferred embodiment, Q comprises or is an alkenyl group, including cycloalkenyl groups, preferably Q is an alkenyl group. The alkenyl group may be linear or branched, and is optionally substituted. The alkenyl group may be a terminal or an internal alkenyl group. The alkenyl group may comprise more than one C—C double bond, and preferably comprises one or two C—C double bonds. When the alkenyl group is a dienyl group, it is further preferred that the two C—C double bonds are separated by one C—C single bond (i.e. it is preferred that the dienyl group is a conjugated dienyl group). Preferably said alkenyl group is a C2-C24 alkenyl group, more preferably a C2-C12 alkenyl group, and even more preferably a C2-C6 alkenyl group. It is further preferred that the alkenyl group is a terminal alkenyl group. More preferably, the alkenyl group is according to structure (Q8) as shown below, wherein I is an integer in the range of 0 to 10, preferably in the range of 0 to 6, and p is an integer in the range of 0 to 10, preferably 0 to 6. More preferably, I is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, more preferably I is 0, 1 or 2 and most preferably I is 0 or 1. More preferably, p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, more preferably p is 0, 1 or 2 and most preferably p is 0 or 1. It is particularly preferred that p is 0 and I is 0 or 1, or that p is 1 and l is 0 or 1.
A particularly preferred alkenyl group is a cycloalkenyl group, including heterocycloalkenyl groups, wherein the cycloalkenyl group is optionally substituted. Preferably said cycloalkenyl group is a C3-C24 cycloalkenyl group, more preferably a C3-C12 cycloalkenyl group, and even more preferably a C3-C8 cycloalkenyl group. In a preferred embodiment, the cycloalkenyl group is a trans-cycloalkenyl group, more preferably a trans-cyclooctenyl group (also referred to as a TCO group) and most preferably a trans-cyclooctenyl group according to structure (Q9) or (Q10) as shown below. In another preferred embodiment, the cycloalkenyl group is a cyclopropenyl group, wherein the cyclopropenyl group is optionally substituted. In another preferred embodiment, the cycloalkenyl group is a norbornenyl group, an oxanorbornenyl group, a norbornadienyl group or an oxanorbornadienyl group, wherein the norbornenyl group, oxanorbornenyl group, norbornadienyl group or an oxanorbornadienyl group is optionally substituted. In a further preferred embodiment, the cycloalkenyl group is according to structure (Q11), (Q12), (Q13) or (Q14) as shown below, wherein X4 is CH2 or O, R27 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a linear or branched C1-C12 alkyl group or a C4-C12 (hetero)aryl group, and R14 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and fluorinated hydrocarbons. Preferably, R27 is independently hydrogen or a C1-C6 alkyl group, more preferably R27 is independently hydrogen or a C1-C4 alkyl group. Even more preferably R27 is independently hydrogen or methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl or t-butyl. Yet even more preferably R27 is independently hydrogen or methyl. In a further preferred embodiment, R14 is selected from the group of hydrogen and —CF3, —C2F5, —C3F7 and —C4F8, more preferably hydrogen and —CF3. In a further preferred embodiment, the cycloalkenyl group is according to structure (Q11), wherein one R27 is hydrogen and the other R27 is a methyl group. In another further preferred embodiment, the cycloalkenyl group is according to structure (Q12), wherein both R27 are hydrogen. In these embodiments it is further preferred that I is 0 or 1. In another further preferred embodiment, the cycloalkenyl group is a norbornenyl (X4 is CH2) or an oxanorbornenyl (X4 is O) group according to structure (Q13), or a norbornadienyl (X4 is CH2) or an oxanorbornadienyl (X4 is O) group according to structure (Q14), wherein R27 is hydrogen and R14 is hydrogen or —CF3, preferably —CF3.
In another preferred embodiment, Q comprises or is an alkynyl group, including cycloalkynyl groups, preferably Q comprises an alkynyl group. The alkynyl group may be linear or branched, and is optionally substituted. The alkynyl group may be a terminal or an internal alkynyl group. Preferably said alkynyl group is a C2-C24 alkynyl group, more preferably a C2-C12 alkynyl group, and even more preferably a C2-C6 alkynyl group. It is further preferred that the alkynyl group is a terminal alkynyl group. More preferably, the alkynyl group is according to structure (Q15) as shown below, wherein I is an integer in the range of 0 to 10, preferably in the range of 0 to 6. More preferably, I is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, more preferably I is 0, 1 or 2 and most preferably I is 0 or 1.
A particularly preferred alkynyl group is a cycloalkynyl group, including hetero cycloalkynyl group, cycloalkenyl group is optionally substituted. Preferably, the (hetero)cycloalkynyl group is a (hetero)cyclooctynyl group, i.e. a heterocyclooctynyl group or a cyclooctynyl group, wherein the (hetero)cyclooctynyl group is optionally substituted. In a further preferred embodiment, the (hetero)cyclooctynyl group is according to structure (Q36) and defined further below. Preferred examples of the (hetero)cyclooctynyl group include structure (Q16), also referred to as a DIBO group, (Q17), also referred to as a DIBAC group, or (Q18), also referred to as a BARAC group, (Q19), also referred to as a COMBO group, and (Q20), also referred to as a BCN group, all as shown below, wherein X5 is O or N R27, and preferred embodiments of R2 are as defined above. The aromatic rings in (Q16) are optionally O-sulfonylated at one or more positions, preferably at two positions, most preferably as in (Q37) (sulfonylated dibenzocyclooctyne (s-DIBO)), whereas the rings of (Q17) and (Q18) may be halogenated at one or more positions. A particularly preferred cycloalkynyl group is a bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-yl] group (BCN group), which is optionally substituted. Preferably, the bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-yl] group is according to structure (Q20) as shown below.
In another preferred embodiment, Q comprises or is a conjugated (hetero)diene group, preferably Q is a conjugated (hetero)diene group capable of reacting in a Diels-Alder reaction. Preferred (hetero)diene groups include optionally substituted tetrazinyl groups, optionally substituted 1,2-quinone groups and optionally substituted triazine groups. More preferably, said tetrazinyl group is according to structure (Q21), as shown below, wherein R27 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a linear or branched C1-C12 alkyl group or a C4-C12 (hetero)aryl group. Preferably, R27 is hydrogen, a C1-C6 alkyl group or a C4-C10 (hetero)aryl group, more preferably R27 is hydrogen, a C1-C4 alkyl group or a C4-C6 (hetero)aryl group. Even more preferably R27 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl or pyridyl. Yet even more preferably R27 is hydrogen, methyl or pyridyl. More preferably, said 1,2-quinone group is according to structure (Q22) or (Q23). Said triazine group may be any regioisomer. More preferably, said triazine group is a 1,2,3-triazine group or a 1,2,4-triazine group, which may be attached via any possible location, such as indicated in structure (Q24). The 1,2,3-triazine is most preferred as triazine group.
In another preferred embodiment, Q comprises or is an azido group, preferably Q is an azido group. Preferably, the azide group is according to structure (Q25) as shown below.
In another preferred embodiment, Q comprises or is a nitrile oxide group, preferably Q is a nitrile oxide group. Preferably, the nitrile oxide group is according to structure (Q27) as shown below.
In another preferred embodiment, Q comprises or is a nitrone group, preferably Q is a nitrone group. Preferably, the nitrone group is according to structure (Q28) as shown below, wherein R29 is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched C1-C12 alkyl groups and C6-C12 aryl groups. Preferably, R29 is a C1-C6 alkyl group, more preferably R29 is a C1-C4 alkyl group. Even more preferably R29 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl or t-butyl. Yet even more preferably R29 is methyl.
In another preferred embodiment, Q comprises or is a nitrile imine group, preferably Q is a nitrile imine group. Preferably, the nitrile imine group is according to structure (Q29) or (Q30) as shown below, wherein R30 is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched C1-C12 alkyl groups and C6-C12 aryl groups. Preferably, R30 is a C1-C6 alkyl group, more preferably R30 is a C1-C4 alkyl group. Even more preferably R30 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl or t-butyl. Yet even more preferably R30 is methyl.
In another preferred embodiment, Q comprises or is a diazo group, preferably Q is a diazo group. Preferably, the diazo group is according to structure (Q31) as shown below, wherein R33 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or a carbonyl derivative. More preferably, R33 is hydrogen.
In another preferred embodiment, Q comprises or is a ketone group, preferably Q is a ketone group. Preferably, the ketone group is according to structure (Q32) as shown below, wherein R34 is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched C1-C12 alkyl groups and C6-C12 aryl groups. Preferably, R34 is a C1-C6 alkyl group, more preferably R34 is a C1-C4 alkyl group. Even more preferably R34 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl or t-butyl. Yet even more preferably R34 is methyl.
In another preferred embodiment, Q comprises or is an (O-alkyl)hydroxylamino group, preferably Q is an (O-alkyl)hydroxylamino group. Preferably, the (O-alkyl)hydroxylamino group is according to structure (Q33) as shown below.
In another preferred embodiment, Q comprises or is a hydrazine group, preferably Q is a hydrazine group. Preferably, the hydrazine group is according to structure (Q34) as shown below.
In another preferred embodiment, Q comprises or is an allenamide group, preferably Q is an allenamide group. Preferably, the allenamide group is according to structure (Q35).
In another preferred embodiment, Q comprises or is an phosphonamidate group, preferably Q is an phosphonamidate group. Preferably, the phosphonamidate group is according to structure (Q36).
Herein, the aromatic rings in (Q6) are optionally O-sulfonylated at one or more positions, whereas the rings of (Q7) and (Q8) may be halogenated at one or more positions.
In case Q is a (hetero)cycloalkynyl group, it is preferred to Q is selected from the group consisting of (Q52)-(Q70):
Herein, the connection to the remainder of the molecule, depicted with the wavy bond, may be to any available carbon or nitrogen atom of Q. The nitrogen atom of (Q60), (Q63), (Q64) and (Q65) may bear the connection, or may contain a hydrogen atom or be optionally functionalized. B(−) is an anion, which is preferably selected from (−)OTf, Cl(−), Br(−) or I(−), most preferably B(−) is (−)OTf. In the conjugation reaction, B(−) does not need to be a pharmaceutically acceptable anion, since B(−) will exchange with the anions present in the reaction mixture anyway. In case (Q69) is used for Q, the negatively charged counter-ion is preferably pharmaceutically acceptable upon isolation of the antibody-conjugate according to the invention, such that the antibody-conjugate is readily useable as medicament.
Q is capable of reacting with a reactive moiety F that is present on an antibody. Complementary reactive groups F for reactive group Q are known to a person skilled in the art, and are described in more detail below. Some representative examples of reaction between F and Q and their corresponding products (connecting group Z) are depicted in
In a preferred embodiment, the conjugation is achieved by cycloaddition or nucleophilic reaction, preferably wherein the cycloaddition is a [4+2] cycloaddition or a 1,3-dipolar cycloaddition and the nucleophilic reaction is a Michael addition or a nucleophilic substitution.
Thus, in a preferred embodiment of the conjugation process according to the invention, conjugation is accomplished via a nucleophilic reaction, such as a nucleophilic substitution or a Michael reaction. A preferred Michael reaction is the maleimide-thiol reaction, which is widely employed in bioconjugation. Thus, in a preferred embodiment, Q is reactive in a nucleophilic reaction, preferably in a nucleophilic substitution or a Michael reaction. Herein, it is preferred that Q comprises a maleimide moiety, a haloacetamide moiety, an allenamide moiety, a phosphonamidite moiety, a cyanoethynyl moiety, a vinylsulfone, a vinylpyridine moiety or a methylsulfonylphenyloxadiazole moiety, most preferably a maleimide moiety.
In case a nucleophilic reaction is used for the conjugation, it is preferred that the structural moiety Q-(L1)a-BM-(L2)b-Q is selected from bromomaleimide, bis-bromomaleimide, bis(phenylthiol)maleimide, bis-bromopyridazinedione, bis(halomethyl)benzene, bis(halomethyl)pyridazine, bis(halomethyl)pyridine or bis(halomethyl)triazole.
Alternatively, Q may be represented by any one of structures (Q41)-(Q48) depicted below. The reactive moieties react with a thiol group as reactive moiety F via a nucleophilic substitution. See also
wherein:
Thus, in a preferred embodiment of the conjugation process according to the invention, conjugation is accomplished via a cycloaddition, such as a [4+2] cycloaddition or a 1,3-dipolar cycloaddition, preferably the 1,3-dipolar cycloaddition. According to this embodiment, the reactive group Q is selected from groups reactive in a cycloaddition reaction. Herein, reactive groups Q and F are complementary, i.e. they are capable of reacting with each other in a cycloaddition reaction.
A typical [4+2] cycloaddition is the Diels-Alder reaction, wherein Q is a diene or a dienophile. As appreciated by the skilled person, the term “diene” in the context of the Diels-Alder reaction refers to 1,3-(hetero)dienes, and includes conjugated dienes (R2C═CR—CR═CR2), imines (e.g. R2C═CR—N═CR2 or R2C═CR—CR═NR, R2C═N—N═CR2) and carbonyls (e.g. R2C═CR—CR═O or O═CR—CR═O). Hetero-Diels-Alder reactions with N- and O-containing dienes are known in the art. Any diene known in the art to be suitable for [4+2] cycloadditions may be used as reactive group Q. Preferred dienes include tetrazines as described above, 1,2-quinones as described above and triazines as described above. Although any dienophile known in the art to be suitable for [4+2] cycloadditions may be used as reactive group Q, the dienophile is preferably an alkene or alkyne group as described above, most preferably an alkyne group. For conjugation via a [4+2]cycloaddition, it is preferred that Q is a dienophile (and F is a diene), more preferably Q is or comprises an alkynyl group.
For a 1,3-dipolar cycloaddition, Q is a 1,3-dipole or a dipolarophile. Any 1,3-dipole known in the art to be suitable for 1,3-dipolar cycloadditions may be used as reactive group Q. Preferred 1,3-dipoles include azido groups, nitrone groups, nitrile oxide groups, nitrile imine groups and diazo groups. Although any dipolarophile known in the art to be suitable for 1,3-dipolar cycloadditions may be used as reactive groups Q, the dipolarophile is preferably an alkene or alkyne group, most preferably an alkyne group. For conjugation via a 1,3-dipolar cycloaddition, it is preferred that Q is a dipolarophile (and F is a 1,3-dipole), more preferably Q is or comprises an alkynyl group.
Thus, in a preferred embodiment, Q is selected from dipolarophiles and dienophiles. Preferably, Q is an alkene or an alkyne group. In an especially preferred embodiment, Q comprises an alkyne group, preferably selected from the alkynyl group as described above, the cycloalkenyl group as described above, the (hetero)cycloalkynyl group as described above and a bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-yl] group. More preferably Q comprises a terminal alkyne or a cyclooctyne moiety, preferably bicyclononyne (BCN), azadibenzocyclooctyne (DIBAC/DBCO) or dibenzocyclooctyne (DIBO), more preferably BCN or DIBAC/DBCO, most preferably BCN. In alternative preferred embodiment, Q is selected from the formulae (Q5), (Q6), (Q7), (Q8), (Q20) and (Q9), more preferably selected from the formulae (Q6), (Q7), (Q8), (Q20) and (Q9). Most preferably, Q is a bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-yl] group, preferably of formula (Q20). These groups are known to be highly effective in the conjugation with azido-functionalized antibodies.
In an especially preferred embodiment, reactive group Q comprises an alkynyl group and is according to structure (Q36):
Preferred embodiments of the reactive group according to structure (Q36) are reactive groups according to structure (Q37), (Q6), (Q7), (Q8), (Q9) and (Q20).
In an especially preferred embodiment, reactive group Q comprises an alkynyl group and is according to structure (Q37):
In a preferred embodiment of the reactive group according to structure (Q37), R15 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —OR16, C1-C6 alkyl groups, C5-C6 (hetero)aryl groups, wherein R16 is hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl, more preferably R15 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl, most preferably all R15 are H. In a preferred embodiment of the reactive group according to structure (Q37), R18 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl groups, most preferably both R18 are H. In a preferred embodiment of the reactive group according to structure (Q37), R19 is H. In a preferred embodiment of the reactive group according to structure (Q37), I is 0 or 1, more preferably I is 1. An especially preferred embodiment of the reactive group according to structure (Q37) is the reactive group according to structure (Q20).
In a further aspect, the invention concerns compounds of structure (2):
wherein:
Moieties a, b, c, L1, L2, L3, D, BM and Q are further defined above, which equally applies to the present aspect, including preferred embodiments defined above. In a preferred embodiment, D is a cytotoxin is further defined above. Preferred compounds of structure (2) are symmetrical, i.e. each occurrence of a/b, L1/L2 and Q is the same. Preferably, a=b=1, more preferably also c=1.
In the context of the present aspect, Q comprises a (hetero)cyclooctyne moiety, which is optionally substituted and may be heterocyclooctynyl group or a cyclooctynyl group, preferably a cyclooctynyl group. In a further preferred embodiment, the (hetero)cyclooctynyl group is according to structure (Q36). Preferred examples of the (hetero)cyclooctynyl group include structure (Q16), also referred to as a DIBO group, (Q17), also referred to as a DIBAC group, or (Q18), also referred to as a BARAC group, (Q19), also referred to as a COMBO group, and (Q20), also referred to as a BCN group, wherein X5 is O or NR27, and preferred embodiments of R27 are as defined above. The aromatic rings in (Q16) are optionally O-sulfonylated at one or more positions, preferably at two positions, most preferably according to (Q37), whereas the rings of (Q17) and (Q18) may be halogenated at one or more positions. A particularly preferred cyclooctynyl group is a bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-yl] group (BCN group), which is optionally substituted. Preferably, the bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-yl] group is according to structure (Q20) as shown below. In one embodiment, Q is bicyclononyne (BCN), azadibenzocyclooctyne (DIBAC/DBCO), dibenzocyclooctyne (DIBO) or sulfonylated dibenzocyclooctyne (s-DIBO), more preferably BCN or DIBAC/DBCO, most preferably BCN.
The compounds according to this aspect are ideally suitable as intermediate in the preparation of the antibody-payload conjugates according to the present invention.
The conjugates according to the invention are especially suitable in the treatment of cancer. The invention thus further concerns the use of the conjugate according to the invention in medicine. In a further aspect, the invention also concerns a method of treating a subject in need thereof, comprising administering the conjugate according to the invention to the subject. The method according to this aspect can also be worded as the conjugate according to the invention for use in treatment. The method according to this aspect can also be worded as use of the conjugate according to the invention for the manufacture of a medicament. Herein, administration typically occurs with a therapeutically effective amount of the conjugate according to the invention.
The invention further concerns a method for the treatment of a specific disease in a subject in need thereof, comprising the administration of the conjugate according to the invention as defined above. The specific disease may be selected from cancer, a viral infection, a bacterial infection, a neurological disease, an autoimmune disease, an eye disease, hypercholesterolaemia and amyloidosis, more preferable from cancer and a viral infection, most preferably the disease is cancer. The subject in need thereof is typically a cancer patient. The use of conjugate according to the invention is well-known in such treatments, especially in the field of cancer treatment, and the conjugates according to the invention are especially suited in this respect. In the method according to this aspect, the conjugate is typically administered in a therapeutically effective amount. The present aspect of the invention can also be worded as a conjugate according to the invention for use in the treatment of a specific disease in a subject in need thereof, preferably for the treatment of cancer. In other words, this aspect concerns the use of a conjugate according to the invention for the preparation of a medicament or pharmaceutical composition for use in the treatment of a specific disease in a subject in need thereof, preferably for use in the treatment of cancer.
It is preferred that the conjugate according to the invention is Fc-silent, i.e. does not significantly bind to Fc gamma receptor CD16 when used in clinically. This is the case when G is absent, i.e. that e=0. Preferably, also the binding towards CD32 and CD64 is significantly reduced.
Administration in the context of the present invention refers to systemic administration. Hence, in one embodiment, the methods defined herein are for systemic administration of the conjugate. In view of the specificity of the conjugates, they can be systemically administered, and yet exert their activity in or near the tissue of interest (e.g. a tumour). Systemic administration has a great advantage over local administration, as the drug may also reach tumour metastasis not detectable with imaging techniques and it may be applicable to hematological tumours.
The invention further concerns a pharmaceutical composition comprising the antibody-payload conjugate according to the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The invention is illustrated by the following examples.
Chemicals were purchased from commonly used suppliers (Sigma-Aldrich, Acros, Alfa Aesar, Fluorochem, Apollo Scientific Ltd and TCI) and were used without further purification. Solvents (including drysolvents) for chemical transformations, work-up and chromatography were purchased from Aldrich (Dorset, UK) at HPLC grade, and used without further distillation. Silica gel 60 F254 analytical thin layer chromatography (TLC) plates were from Merck (Darmstadt, Germany) and visualized under UV light, with potassium permanganate stain or anisaldehyde stain. Chromatographic purifications were performed using Acros silica gel (0.06-0.200, 60A) or prepacked columns (Silicycle) in combination with a Buchi Sepacore C660 fraction collector (Flawil, Switzerland). Reversed phase HPLC purifications were performed using an Agilent 1200 system equipped with a Waters Xbridge C18 column (5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, PN186002982). Deuterated solvents used for NMR spectroscopy were obtained from Cambridge Isotope Laboratories. H-Val-Ala-PABC-MMAF.TFA was obtained from Levena Biopharm, bis-mal-Lys-PEG4-TFP ester (177) was obtained from Quanta Biodesign, O-(2-aminoethyl)-O′-(2-azidoethyl)diethylene glycol (XL07) and compounds 344 and 179 were obtained from Broadpharm, 2,3-bis(bromomethyl)-8-quinoxalinecarboxylic acid (178) was obtained from ChemScene and 32-azido-5-oxo-3,9,12, 15, 18,21,24,27,30-nonaoxa-8-azadotriacontanoic acid (348) was obtained from Carbosynth.
Prior to mass spectral analysis, IgG was treated with IdeS (Fabricator™) for analysis of the Fc/2 fragment. A solution of 20 μg (modified) IgG was incubated for 1 hour at 37° C. with 0.5 μL IdeS (50 U/μL) in phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) pH 6.6 in a total volume of 10 μL. Samples were diluted to 40 μL followed by electrospray ionization time-of-flight (ESI-TOF) analysis on a JEOL AccuTOF. Deconvoluted spectra were obtained using Magtran software.
Prior to RP-HPLC analysis, IgG was treated with IdeS, which allows analysis of the Fc/2 fragment. A solution of (modified) IgG (100 μL, 1 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was incubated for 1 hour at 37° C. with 1.5 μL IdeS/Fabricator™ (50 U/μL) in phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) pH 6.6. The reaction was quenched by adding 49% acetonitrile, 49% water, 2% formic acid (100 μL). RP-HPLC analysis was performed on an Agilent 1100 series (Hewlett Packard). The sample (10 μL) was injected with 0.5 mL/min onto a ZORBAX Poroshell 300SB-C8 column (1×75 mm, 5 μm, Agilent) with a column temperature of 70° C. A linear gradient was applied in 25 minutes from 30 to 54% acetonitrile and water in 0.1% TFA.
HPLC-SEC analysis was performed on an Agilent 1100 series (Hewlett Packard). The sample (4 μL, 1 mg/mL) was injected with 0.86 mL/min onto a Xbridge BEH200A (3.5 μM, 7.8×300 mm, PN186007640 Waters) column. Isocratic elution using 0.1 M sodium phosphate buffer pH 6.9 (NaH2PO4/Na2HPO4) was performed for 16 minutes.
To a cooled (0° C.) solution of 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (30.5 g, 151 mmol) in DCM (500 mL) was added pyridine (24.2 mL, 23.7 g, 299 mmol). A solution of BCN-OH (101, 18.0 g, 120 mmol) in DCM (200 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After the addition was completed, a saturated aqueous solution of NH4Cl (500 mL) and water (200 mL) were added. After separation, the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (2×500 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography and the desired product 102 was obtained as an off-white solid (18.7 g, 59 mmol, 39%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 8.32-8.23 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.34 (m, 2H), 4.40 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 2.40-2.18 (m, 6H), 1.69-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.51 (quintet, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 1.12-1.00 (m, 2H)
To a cooled solution (−5° C.) of azido-PEG11-amine (103) (182 mg, 0.319 mmol) in THF (3 mL) were added a 10% aqueous NaHCO3 solution (1.5 mL) and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl chloride (99 mg, 0.34 mmol) dissolved in THF (2 mL). After 2 h, EtOAc (20 mL) was added and the mixture was washed with brine (2×6 mL), dried over MgSO4, and concentrated. Purification by silica gel column chromatography (0→11% MeOH in DCM) gave 104 as a clear oil in 98% yield (251 mg, 0.316 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C39H60N4O13+ (M+Na+) 815.42 found 815.53.
A solution of 104 (48 mg, 0.060 mmol) in THF (3 mL) and water (0.2 mL) was prepared and cooled down to 0° C. Trimethylphosphine (1 M in toluene, 0.24 mL, 0.24 mmol) was added and the mixture was left stirring for 23 h. The water was removed via extraction with DCM (6 mL). To this solution, (1R,8S,9s)-bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-ylmethyl (4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (102) (25 mg, 0.079 mmol) and triethylamine (10 μL, 0.070 mmol) were added. After 27 h, the mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in DMF (3 mL), followed by the addition of piperidine (400 μL). After 1 h, the mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→21% MeOH in DCM), which gave 105 as a colorless oil (8.3 mg, 0.0092 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C46H76N2O15+ (M+NH4+) 914.52 found 914.73.
A solution of (1R,8S,9s)-bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-ylmethyl (4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (102) (4.1 mg, 0.013 mmol) in dry DCM (500 μL) was slowly added to a solution of amino-PEG23-amine (106) (12.3 mg, 0.0114 mmol) in dry DCM (500 μL). After 20 h, the mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→25% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 107 in 73% yield (12 mg, 0.0080 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C70H124N2O27+ (M+NH4+) 1443.73 found 1444.08.
To a solution of BCN-OH (101, 21.0 g, 0.14 mol) in MeCN (450 mL) were added disuccinimidyl carbonate (53.8 g, 0.21 mol) and triethylamine (58.5 mL, 0.42 mol). After the mixture was stirred for 140 minutes, it was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was co-evaporated once with MeCN (400 mL). The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (600 mL) and washed with H2O (3×200 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→4% EtOAc in DCM) and gave 108 (11.2 g, 38.4 mmol, 27% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 4.45 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 2.85 (s, 4H), 2.38-2.18 (m, 6H), 1.65-1.44 (m, 3H), 1.12-1.00 (m, 2H).
To a solution of (1R,8S,9s)-bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-ylmethyl N-succinimidyl carbonate (108) (500 mg, 1.71 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) were added triethylamine (718 uL, 5.14 mmol) and mono-Fmoc ethylenediamine hydrochloride (109) (657 mg, 2.06 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 45 min, diluted with EtOAc (150 mL) and washed with a 50% saturated aqueous NH4Cl solution (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with H2O (10 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo and the half of the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→3% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 110 in 42% yield (332 mg, 0.72 mmol). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 7.77 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.44-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.28 (m, 2H), 5.12 (br s, 1H), 4.97 (br s, 1H), 44.41 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 4.21 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.33 (br s, 4H), 2.36-2.09 (m, 6H), 1.67-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.33 (quintet, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 1.01-0.85 (m, 2H). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C28H31N2O4+ (M+H+) 459.23 found 459.52.
Compound 110 (327 mg, 0.713 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (6 mL) and piperidine (0.5 mL) was added. After 2 h, the mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→32% 0.7 N NH3 MeOH in DCM), which gave the desired compound 111 as a yellow oil (128 mg, 0.542 mmol, 76%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm, rotamers) 5.2 (bs, 1H), 4.15 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.48-3.40 (m, ⅔H), 3.33-3.27 (m, ⅔H), 3.27-3.19 (m, 1⅓H), 2.85-2.80 (m, 1⅓H), 2.36-2.17 (m, 6H), 1.67-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.36 (quintet, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 1.01-0.89 (m, 2H).
To a solution of diethanolamine (112) (208 mg, 1.98 mmol) in water (20 mL) were added MeCN (20 mL), NaHCO3 (250 mg, 2.97 mmol) and a solution of Fmoc-OSu (113) (601 mg, 1.78 mmol) in MeCN (20 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 h and DCM (50 mL) was added. After separation, the organic phase was washed with water (20 mL), dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The desired product 114 was obtained as a colorless thick oil (573 mg, 1.75 mmol, 98%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 7.79-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.60-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.30 (m, 2H), 4.58 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 4.23 (t, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.82-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.33 (m, 4H), 3.25-3.11 (m, 2H).
To a solution of 114 (567 mg, 1.73 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) were added 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (115) (768 mg, 3.81 mmol) and Et3N (1.2 mL, 875 mg). The mixture was stirred for 18h and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (0%→10% MeOH in DCM, then 20%→70% EtOAc in heptane, which afforded 32 mg (49 μmol, 2.8%) of the desired product 116. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 8.31-8.20 (m, 4H), 7.80-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.59-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.29 (m, 6H), 4.61 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 4.39 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 4.25 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.67 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.45 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H).
To a solution of 116 (34 mg, 0.050 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) were added 111 (49 mg, 0.21 mmol) and triethylamine (20 μL, 0.14 mmol. The mixture was left stirring overnight at room temperature. After 23 h, the mixture was concentrated. Purification by silica gel column chromatography (0→40% MeOH in DCM) gave 117 as a white solid in 61% yield (27 mg, 0.031 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C47H57N5O10+ (M+H+) 851.41 found 852.49.
Compound 118 was obtained during the preparation of 117 (3.8 mg, 0.0060 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C32H47N5O8+ (M+H+) 629.34 found 630.54.
A solution of diethylenetriamine (119) (73 μL, 0.67 mmol) and triethylamine (283 μL, 2.03 mmol) in THF (6 mL) was cooled down to −5° C. and placed under a nitrogen atmosphere. 2-(Boc-oxyimino)-2-phenylacetonitrile (120) (334 mg, 1.35 mmol) was dissolved in THF (4 mL) and slowly added to the cooled solution. After 2.5 h, the ice bath was removed and the mixture was stirred for an additional of 2.5 h at room temperature, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in DCM (15 mL) and washed with a 5% aqueous NaOH solution (2×5 mL), brine (2×5 mL) and dried over MgSO4. Purification by silica gel column chromatography (0→14% MeOH in DCM) gave 121 as a colorless oil in 91% yield (185 mg, 0.610 mmol). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 5.08 (s, 2H), 3.30-3.12 (m, 4H), 2.74 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 4H), 1.45 (s, 18H).
To a cooled solution (−10° C.) of 121 (33.5 mg, 0.110 mmol) in THF (2 mL) were added a 10% aqueous NaHCO3 solution (500 μL) and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl chloride (122) (34 mg, 0.13 mmol) dissolved in THF (1 mL). After 1 h, the mixture was concentrated and the residue was redissolved in EtOAc (10 mL), washed with brine (2×5 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated. Purification by silica gel column chromatography (0→50% MeOH in DCM) gave 123 in 86% yield (50 mg, 0.090 mmol). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 7.77 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.43-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.31 (m, 2H), 5.57 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 4.23 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 3.40-2.83 (m, 8H), 1.41 (s, 18H).
To a solution of 123 (50 mg, 0.095 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) was added 4 M HCl in dioxane (200 μL). The mixture was stirred for 19 h, concentrated and a white solid was obtained (35 mg). without purification, the deprotected intermediate and (1R,8S,9s)-bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-ylmethyl (4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (102) (70 mg, 0.22 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (3 mL) and triethylamine (34 μL, 0.24 mmol) was added. After 2 h, the mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→25% MeOH in DCM) to yield 124 in 48% (31 mg, 0.045 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C41H47N3O5+ (M+H+) 677.35 found 678.57.
To a solution of 124 (10 mg, 0.014 mmol) in DMF (500 μL) was added piperidine (20 μL). After 3.5 h, the mixture was concentrated. Purification by silica gel column chromatography (0→20% MeOH in DCM) gave 125 in 58% yield (3.7 mg, 0.0080 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C26H37N3O4+ (M+H+) 455.28 found 458.41.
To a solution of diethyleneglycol (126) (446 μL, 0.50 g, 4.71 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) were added 4-nitrophenol chloroformate (115) (1.4 g, 7.07 mmol) and Et3N (3.3 mL, 2.4 g, 23.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred, filtered and concentrated in vacuo (at 55° C.). The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (15%→75% EtOAc in heptane) and two products were isolated. Product 127 was obtained as a white solid (511 mg, 1.17 mmol, 25%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 8.31-8.23 (m, 41H), 7.43-7.34 (m, 41H), 4.54-4.44 (m, 41H), 3.91-3.83 (m, 4H). Product 126 was obtained as a colorless oil (321 mg, 1.18 mmol, 25%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 8.32-8.24 (m, 21H), 7.43-7.36 (m, 21H), 4.50-4.44 (m, 21H), 3.86-3.80 (m, 21H), 3.81-3.74 (m, 21H), 3.69-3.64 (m, 2H).
To a solution of 116 (2.3 mg, 3.7 μmol) in DMF (295 μL) was added a solution of 127 (3.2 mg, 7.4 μmol) in DMF (65 μL) and Et3N (1.6 μL, 1.1 mg, 11.1 μmol). The mixture was left standing for 17 h and a solution of HOBt (0.5 mg, 3.7 umol) in DMF (14 μL) was added. After 4 h, Et3N (5.2 μL, 3.8 mg, 37 μmol) and a solution of vc-PABC-MMAE.TFA (130, 13.8 mg, 11 μmol) in DMF (276 μL) were added. After 3 d, the mixture was purified by RP HPLC (C18, 30%→90% MeCN (1% AcOH) in water (1% AcOH). The desired product 131 was obtained as a colorless film (1.5 mg, 0.78 μmol, 21%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C96H148N15O25+ (M+H+) 1911.08 found 1912.08.
To a solution of 121 (168 mg, 0.554 mmol) in DCM (2 mL), were added a solution of 128 (240 mg, 0.89 mmol) in DCM (1 mL), DCM (1 mL) and Et3N (169 mg, 233 μL). The mixture was stirred for 17 h, concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient of EtOAc in heptane). The desired product 132 was obtained as a slightly yellow oil (85 mg, 0.20 mmol, 35%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 5.24-5.02 (m, 2H), 4.36-4.20 (m, 3H), 3.84-3.67 (m, 4H), 3.65-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.34 (m, 4H), 3.34-3.18 (m, 4H), 1.44 (bs, 18H).
To a solution of 132 (81 mg, 0.19 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) was added 4 N HCl in dioxane (700 μL). The mixture was stirred for 19 h, concentrated and the residue was taken up in DMF (0.5 mL). Et3N (132 μL, 96 mg, 0.95 mmol), DMF (0.5 mL) and (1R,8S,9s)-bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-ylmethyl (4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (102) (132 mg, 0.42 mmol) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (0%→3% MeOH in DCM). The desired product 134 was obtained as a colorless film (64 mg, 0.11 mmol, 57%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 4.31-4.23 (m, 2H), 4.22-4.08 (m, 4H), 3.80-3.68 (m, 4H), 3.66-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.28 (m, 8H), 2.80-2.65 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.10 (m, 12H), 1.68-1.48 (m, 4H), 1.35 (quintet, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 1.02-0.87 (m, 2H). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C31H46N3O8+ (M+H+) 588.33 found 588.43.
To a solution of 134 (63 mg, 0.11 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added bis(4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (35) (32.6 mg, 0.107 mmol) and Et3N (32.5 mg, 45 μL, 0.32 mmol). After 2 h, 77 μL was removed from the main reaction mixture, a solution of vc-PABC-MMAE.TFA (130, 10 mg, 8.1 μmol) in DMF (200 μL) and Et3N (3.4 μL, 2.5 mg, 24 μmol) were added. After 18 h, 2,2′-(ethylenedioxy)bis(ethylamine) (4.9 μL, 5.0 mg, 34 μmol) was added and the mixture was left standing for 45 min. The mixture was purified by RP HPLC (C18, 30%→90% MeCN (1% ACOH) in water (1% AcOH). The desired product 137 was obtained as a colorless film (8.7 mg, 5.0 μmol, 61%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C90H138N13O21+ (M+H+) 1737.01 found 1738.01.
To a solution of 134 (63 mg, 0.11 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added bis(4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (35) (32.6 mg, 0.107 mmol) and Et3N (32.5 mg, 45 μL, 0.32 mmol). After 20 h, 77 μL was removed from the main reaction mixture, a solution of vc-PABC-MMAF.TFA (138, 9.6 mg, 8.2 μmol) in DMF (240 μL) and Et3N (3.4 μL, 2.5 mg, 24 μmol) were added. After 3 h, 2,2′-(ethylenedioxy)bis(ethylamine) (20 μL, 20 mg, 0.14 mmol) was added and the mixture was left standing for 20 min. The mixture was purified by RP HPLC (C18, 30%→90% MeCN (1% AcOH) in water (1% AcOH). The desired product 139 was obtained as a colorless film (5.3 mg, 3.2 μmol, 39%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C87H130N11O21+ (M+H+) 1664.94 found 1665.99.
To a solution of (1R,8S,9S)-bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-ylmethyl N-succinimidyl carbonate (108) (16.35 g, 56.13 mmol) in DCM (400 ml) were added 2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethanol (140) (6.76 ml, 67.35 mmol) and triethylamine (23.47 ml, 168.39 mmol). The resulting pale yellow solution was stirred at rt for 90 min. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was co-evaporated once with acetonitrile (400 mL). The resulting oil was dissolved in EtOAc (400 mL) and washed with H2O (3×200 mL). The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (50%→88% EtOAc in heptane) and gave 141 (11.2 g, 39.81 mmol, 71% yield) as a pale yellow oil. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 5.01 (br s, 1H), 4.17 (d, 2H, J=12.0 Hz), 3.79-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.50 (m, 4H), 3.47-3.30 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.14 (m, 6H), 1.93 (br s, 1H), 1.68-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.37 (quintet, 1H, J=8.0 Hz), 1.01-0.89 (m, 2H).
To a solution of 141 (663 mg, 2.36 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) were added triethylamine (986 uL, 7.07 mmol) and 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (115) (712 mg, 3.53 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 4 h and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by silica gel column chromatography (0→20% EtOAc in heptane) gave 142 (400 mg, 0.9 mmol, yield 38%) as a pale yellow oil. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 8.29 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 2H), 5.05 (br s, 1H), 4.48-4.41 (m, 2H), 4.16 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.81-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.61 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.42 (q, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.35-2.16 (m, 6H), 1.66-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.35 (quintet, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 1.02-0.88 (m, 2H). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C22H26N2NaO8+ (M+Na+) 469.16 found 469.36.
A solution of 142 (2.7 mg, 6.0 μmol) in DMF (48 μL) and Et3N (2.1 μL, 1.5 mg, 15 μmol) were added to a solution of 125 (2.3 mg, 5.0 μmol) in DMF (0.32 mL). The mixture was left standing for 4 d, diluted with DMF (100 μL) and purified by RP HPLC (C18, 30%-100% MeCN (1% AcOH) in water (1% AcOH). The product 143 was obtained as a colorless film (2.8 mg, 3.7 μmol, 74%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C42H59N4O9+ (M+H+) 763.43 found 763.53.
To a solution of 126 (200 mg, 0.45 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) were added triethylamine (41.6 uL, 0.30 mmol) and tris(2-aminoethyl)amine 144 (14.9 uL, 0.10 mmol). After stirring the mixture for 150 minutes, it was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (25%→0.100% EtOAc in DCM then 0%→10% MeOH in DCM) and gave 145 in 43% yield (45.4 mg, 42.5 umol) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 5.68-5.18 (m, 6H), 4.32-4.18 (m, 6H), 4.18-4.11 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 6H), 3.74-3.61 (m, 6H), 3.61-3.51 (m, 6H), 3.43-3.29 (m, 6H), 3.29-3.15 (m, 6H), 2.65-2.47 (m, 6H), 2.37-2.16 (m, 18H), 1.69-1.49 (m, 6H), 1.35 (quintet, J=8.9 Hz, 3H), 1.03-0.87 (m, 6H).
To a solution of BCN-OH (101) (3.0 g, 20 mmol) in DCM (300 mL) was added CSI (146) (1.74 mL, 2.83 g, 20 mmol). After the mixture was stirred for 15 mm, Et3N (5.6 mL, 4.0 g, 40 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 5 min and 2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethanol (147) (2.2 mL, 2.3 g, 22 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred for 15 min and saturated aqueous NH4Cl (300 mL) was added. The layers were separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (200 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (0% to 10% MeOH in DCM). The fractions, containing the desired product, were concentrated. The residue was taken up in EtOAc (100 mL) and concentrated. The desired product 148 was obtained as a slightly yellow oil (4.24 g, 11.8 mmol, 59%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 5.99-5.79 (bs, 1H), 4.29 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 3.78-3.74 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.56 (m, 4H), 3.37-3.30 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.16 (m, 6H), 1.63-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.40 (quintet, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 1.05-0.94 (m, 2H).
To a solution of 148 (3.62 g, 10.0 mmol) in DCM (200 mL) were added 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (15) (2.02 g, 10.0 mmol) and Et3N (4.2 mL, 3.04 g, 30.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 1.5 h and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (20%→70% EtOAc (1% AcOH) in heptane (1% AcOH). The product 149 was obtained as a white foam (4.07 g, 7.74 mmol, 74%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 8.32-8.26 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.40 (m, 2H), 5.62-5.52 (m, 1H), 4.48-4.42 (m, 2H), 4.28 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 3.81-3.76 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.38-3.30 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.16 (m, 6H), 1.62-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.38 (quintet, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 1.04-0.93 (m, 2H).
To a solution of 149 (200 mg, 0.38 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) were added triethylamine (35.4 uL, 0.24 mmol) and tris(2-aminoethyl)amine (144) (12.6 uL, 84.6 umol). The mixture was stirred for 120 min and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (25% →100% EtOAc in DCM then 0%→10% MeOH in DCM) and gave 150 in 36% yield (40.0 mg, 30.6 umol) as a white foam. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 6.34-5.72 (m, 6H), 4.34-4.18 (m, 12H), 3.76-3.58 (m, 12H), 3.43-3.30 (m, 6H), 3.30-3.18 (m, 6H), 2.64-2.49 (m, 6H), 2.38-2.14 (m, 18H), 1.65-1.47 (m, 6H), 1.39 (quintet, J=9.1 Hz, 3H), 1.06-0.90 (m, 6H).
To a mixture of Fmoc-Gly-Gly-Gly-OH (151) (31.2 mg, 75.8 μmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 ml) were added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (40 μL, 29 mg, 0.23 mmol) and HATU (30.3 mg, 79.6 μmol. After 10 min tetrazine-PEG3-ethylamine (152) (30.3 mg, 75.8 μmol) was added and the mixture was vortexed. After 2 h, the mixture was purified by RP HPLC (C18, 30%→90% MeCN (1% AcOH) in water (1% ACOH). The desired product was obtained as a pink film (24.1 mg, 31.8 μmol, 42%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C38H45N8O4+ (M+H+) 757.33 found 757.46.
To a solution of 153 (24.1 mg, 31.8 μmol) in DMF (500 μL) was added diethylamine (20 μL, 14 mg, 191 μmol). The mixture was left standing for 2 h and purified by RP HPLC (C18, 5%→90% MeCN (1% AcOH) in water (1% AcOH). The desired product 154 was obtained as a pink film (17.5 mg, 32.7 μmol, quant). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C23H35N8O7+ (M+H+) 535.26 found 535.37.
A solution of N-[(1R,8S,9s)-bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-ylmethyloxycarbonyl]-1,8-diamino-3,6-dioxaoctane (155) (68 mg, 0.21 mmol) in dry DMF (2 mL) was transferred to a solution of Fmoc-Gly-Gly-Gly-OH (151) (86 mg, 0.21 mmol) in dry DMF (2 mL). DIPEA (100 μL, 0.630 mmol) and HATU (79 mg, 0.21 mmol) were added. After 1.5 h, the mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→11% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 156 in 34% yield (52 mg, 0.072 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C35H47N5O9+ (M+H+) 717.34 found 718.39.
Compound 156 (21 mg, 0.029 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2.4 mL) and piperidine (600 μL) was added. After 20 minutes, the mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC, which gave the desired compound 157 as a white solid (9.3 mg, 0.018 mmol, 64%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C23H37N5O7+ (M+H+) 495.27 found 496.56.
To a solution of amino-PEG11-amine (158) (143 mg, 0.260 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was slowly added (1R,8S,9s)-bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-ylmethyl (4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (102) (41 mg, 0.13 mmol) dissolved in DCM (5 mL). After 1.5 h, the mixture was reduced and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→20% 0.7 N NH3 MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 159 as a clear oil (62 mg, 0.086 mmol, 66%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C35H46N2O13+ (M+H+) 720.44 found 721.56.
A solution of 159 (62 mg, 0.086 mmol) in dry DMF (2 mL) was transferred to a solution of Fmoc-Gly-Gly-Gly-OH (151) (36 mg, 0.086 mmol) in dry DMF (2 mL). DIPEA (43 μL, 0.25 mmol) and HATU (33 mg, 0.086 mmol) were added. After 18 h, the mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→20% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 160 in 62% yield (60 mg, 0.054 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C56H83N5O18+ (M+H+) 1113.57 found 1114.93.
Compound 160 (36 mg, 0.032 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL) and piperidine (200 μL) was added. After 2 h, the mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→40% 0.7 N NH3 MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 161 as a yellow oil (16.7 mg, 0.0187 mmol, 58%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C41H73N5O18+ (M+H+) 891.51 found 892.82.
To a solution of amino-PEG23-amine (106) (60 mg, 0.056 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) was slowly added (1R,8S,9s)-bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-ylmethyl (4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (102) (12 mg, 0.037 mmol) dissolved in DCM (5 mL). After 4 h, the mixture was concentrated and redissolved in DMF (2 mL), after which Fmoc-Gly-Gly-Gly-OH (51) (23 mg, 0.056 mmol), HATU (21 mg, 0.056 mmol), and DIPEA (27 μL, 0.16 mmol) were added. After 20 h, the mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→27% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 162 in 93% (57 mg, 0.043 mmol. LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C80H131N5O30+ (M+NH4+) 1641.89 found 1659.92.
Compound 162 (57 mg, 0.034 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (1 mL) and piperidine (120 μL) was added. After 2 h, the mixture was concentrated, redissolved in water and the Fmoc-piperidine by-product was removed with extraction with diethyl ether (3×10 mL). After freeze dry, 163 was obtained as an yellow oil (46.1 mg, 0.032 mmol, 95%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C65H121N5O28+ (M+H+) 1419.82 found 1420.91.
To a solution of (1R,8S,9s)-bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-ylmethyl (4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (102) (204 mg, 0.650 mmol) were added amino-PEG12-alcohol (164) (496 mg, 0.908 mmol) and triethyl amine (350 μL, 2.27 mmol). After 19 h, the mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (2→20% MeOH in DCM) which gave 165 as a clear yellow oil (410 mg, 0.560 mmol, 87%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C35H63NO14+ (M+Na+) 721.42 found 744.43.
To a solution of 165 (410 mg, 0.560 mmol) in DCM (6 mL) were added 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (171, 0.848 mmol) and triethyl amine (260 μL, 1.89 mmol). After 18 h, the mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0→7% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 166 as a clear oil (350 mg, 0.394 mmol, 70%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C42H66N2O18+ (M+Na+) 886.43 found 909.61.
To a solution of 166 (15 mg, 0.017 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) were added peptide H-LPETGG-OH (167) (9.7 mg, 0.017 mmol) and triethylamine (7 μL, 0.05 mmol). After 46 h, the mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC, which gave the desired compound 168 in 63% (14 mg, 0.010 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C60H101N7O25+ (M+H+) 1319.68 found 1320.92.
To a solution of 155 (9.7 mg, 0.03 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (170 μL) were added 177 (bis-maleimide-lysine-PEG4-TFP, Broadpharm) (20 mg, 0.024 mmol) and Et3N (9.9 μL, 0.071 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 42 h, the mixture was diluted with DCM (0.4 mL) and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0%→18% MeOH in DCM) to give XL01 as a clear oil (10.2 mg, 0.010 mmol, 43%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C49H72N7O16+ (M+H+) 1003.12 found 1003.62.
To a vial containing 177 (32.9 mg, 39.0 μmol, 1.0 equiv.) in dry DMF (400 μL) was added XL07 (9.2 mg, 42.1 μmol, 1.08 equiv.) and the solution was mixed and left at rt for circa 50 min. Next, DiPEA was added and the resulting solution was mixed and left at rt for circa 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then purified directly by silica gel chromatography (DCM→14% MeOH in DCM). The desired product XL02 was obtained as a colorless oil (28.9 mg, 32.2 μmol, 83% yield). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C39H82N9O15+ (M+H+) 896.97. found 896.52.
To a vial containing 2,3-bis(bromomethyl)-8-quinoxalinecarboxylic acid 178 (51.4 mg, 142.8 μmol, 1.00 equiv.) in dry DCM (7.5 mL) was added DIC (9.0 mg, 71.4 μmol, 0.5 equiv.). The resulting mixture was left at rt for 30 minutes, followed by the addition of a solution of XL07 (17.7 mg, 78.5 μmol, 0.55 equiv.) in dry DCM (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for circa 35 minutes and then purified directly by silica gel chromatography (DCM→10% MeOH in DCM) to give impure product (72 mg) as a white solid. The impure product was taken up in 1.0 mL DMF and 50% of this solution was co-evaporated with toluene (2×). The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (12→30% acetone in toluene). The desired product XL03 was obtained as a colorless oil (20.1 mg, 35.9 μmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C19H25Br2N6O4+ (M+H+) 561.03. found 561.12.
To a solution of 178 (30 mg, 0.09 mmol, in DCM (0.3 ml) were added 3-maleimidopropionic NHS ester (27 mg, 0.10 mmol) and Et3N (38 μL, 0.27 mmol. After stirring at room temperature for 28 h, the crude mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0%→15% MeOH in DCM) to give XL05 as a clear oil (27 mg, 0.056 mmol, 62%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C24H34N3O7+ (M+H+) 476.54 found 476.46.
To a vial containing 24 (17.2 mg, 88 wt % by 1-H-qNMR, 18.4 μmol, 1.00 equiv.), prepared according to Verkade et al., Antbodies 2018, 7, doi:10.3390/antib7010012, incorporated by reference, was added a solution of 179 in dry DMF (60 μL). To the resulting colorless solution was added triethylamine (40.6 μL, 15.8 equiv., 291 μmol, generating a yellow solution immediately. The reaction mixture was left at room temperature for circa 28 hours and was then conc. in vacuo until most of the Et3N had evaporated. The residue was then diluted with DCM (1 mL) and purified directly by silica gel chromatography (1st column: DCM→20% MeOH in DCM, 2nd column: DCM→20% MeOH in DCM). The desired product (XL06) was obtained as a colorless oil (4.3 mg, 18.4 μmol, 26% yield). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C34H62N7O19S+ (M+H+) 904.38. found 904.52.
To a solution of 180 (methyltetrazine-NHS ester, 19 mg, 0.058 mmol) in DCM (0.8 mL) were added 181 (33.6 mg, 0.061 mmol) and Et3N (24 μL, 0.17 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 2.5 5 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0→15% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 182 in 93% yield (41 mg, 0.054 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C35H60N5O13+ (M+H+) 758.88 found 758.64.
To a solution of 182 (41 mg, 0.054 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) were added 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (16 mg, 0.081 mmol) and Et3N (23 μL, 0.16 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 21 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (gradient: A. 0%→20% EtOAc in DCM (till p-nitrophenol was eluded), followed by gradient B. 0%→13% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 183 in 76% yield (37.9 mg, 0.041 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C42H63N6O17+ (M+H+) 923.98 found 923.61.
To a solution of 184 (5.6 mg, 0.023 mmol), prepared according to MacDonald et al., Nat. Chem. Biol. 2015, 11, 326-334, incorporated by reference, in anhydrous DMF (0.1 ml) were added 183 (14.3 mg, 0.015 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous DMF (0.3 m) and Et3N (7 μL, 0.046 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0→15% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound XL10 in 50% yield (7.5 mg, 0.0076 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C47H73N8O15+ (M+H+) 990.13 found 990.66.
To a solution of octa-ethylene glycol 185 in DCM (10 mL) was added triethylamine (1.0 mL, 7.24 mmol, 2.5 equiv.) followed by dropwise addition of a 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (0.58 g, 2.90 mmol, 1 equiv.) solution in DCM (5 mL) in 28 minutes. After stirring the mixture for 90 minutes, it was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silicagel column chromatography (75%→0% EtOAc in DCM followed by 0%→7% MeOH in DCM). The product 186 was obtained in 38% yield as a colorless oil (584.6 mg, 1.09 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C23H38NO13+ (M+H+) 536.23, found 536.93. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 8.28 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 4.47-4.42 (m, 2H), 3.84-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.75-3.63 (m, 26H), 3.63-3.59 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.55 (bs, 1H).
To a solution of 187 (BocNH-PEG2)2NH, 202 mg, 0.42 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added part (0.5 ml, 0.54 mmol 1.3 equiv.) of a prepared stock solution of 186 (584 mg in DCM (1 mL)) followed by triethylamine (176 μL, 1.26 mmol, 3 equiv.) and HOBt (57 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1 equiv.). After stirring the mixture for 8 days, it was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was taken up in a mixture of acetonitrile (4.2 mL) and 0.1N NaOH(aq) (4.2 mL, 1 equiv.) and additional amount of solid NaOH (91.5 mg). After stirring the mixture for another 21.5 hours the mixture was extracted with DCM (3×40 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by silicagel column chromatography (0%→15% MeOH in DCM). Product 188 was obtained in 87% yield as a pale yellow oil (320.4 mg, 0.37 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C39H78N3O18+ (M+H+) 876.53, found 876.54.
1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 5.15-5.02 (bs, 2H), 4.25-4.19 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.46 (m, 50H), 3.35-3.26 (m, 4H), 2.79-2.69 (br. s, 1H), 1.44 (s, 18H).
188 (320 mg, 0.37 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (1 mL). Then 4M HCl in dioxane (456 μL, 1.83 mmol, 5 equiv.) was added. After stirring the mixture for 3.5 hours, additional 4M HCl in dioxane (450 μL, 1.80 mmol, 4.9 equiv.) was added. After stirring the mixture for another 3.5 hours, additional 4M HCl in dioxane (450 μL, 1.80 mmol, 4.9 equiv.) was added. After stirring the mixture for 16.5 hours the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Product 189 was obtained in quantitative yield as a white sticky solid. This was used directly in the next step. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ (ppm) 8.07-7.81 (bs, 6H), 4.15-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.75-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.48 (m, 48H), 3.03-2.92 (m, 4H).
To a solution of BCN-OH (164 mg, 1.10 mmol, 3 equiv.) in DCM (3 mL) was added CSI (76 μL, 0.88 mmol, 2.4 equiv.). After stirring for 15 minutes triethylamine (255 μL, 5.50 mmol, 5 equiv.) was added. A solution of 189 was prepared by adding DCM (3 ml) and triethylamine (508 μL, 11.0 5 mmol, 10 equiv.). This stock solution was added to the original reaction mixture after 6 minutes. After stirring the mixture for 21.5 hours, it was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silicagel column chromatography (0%→10% MeOH in DCM). Product 190 was obtained in 39% yield as pale yellow oil (165.0 mg, 139 μmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C43H72N5O18S2+ (M+H+) 1186.54, found 1186.65.
1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 6.09-5.87 (m, 2H), 4.31-4.19 (m, 6H), 3.76-3.50 (m, 50H), 3.40-3.29 (m, 4H), 2.38-2.16 (m, 12H), 1.66-1.47 (m, 4H), 1.40 (quintet, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 1.04-0.94 (m, 4H).
To a solution of 190 (101 mg, 0.085 mmol) in DCM (2.0 ml) were added bis(4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (39 mg, 0.127 mmol) and Et3N (36 uL, 0.25 mmol. After stirring at room temperature for 42 h, the crude mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (A. 0%→25% EtOAc in DCM (till p-nitrophenol was eluded), followed by gradient B. 0%→12% MeOH in DCM) to give 191 as a clear oil (49 mg, 0.036 mmol, 42%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C58H91N6O28S2+ (M+H+) 1352.50 found 1352.78.
To a solution of 191 (7 mg, 0.0059 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (130 μL) were added Et3N (2.2 uL, 0.015 mmol) and TCO-amine hydrochloride (Broadpharm) (1.8 mg, 0.0068 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 19 h, the crude mixture was purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0%→15% MeOH in DCM) to give XL11 as a clear oil (1.5 mg, 0.001 mmol, 17%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C64H111NO25S2+ (M+NH4+) 1456.73 found 1456.81.
To a solution of available 187 (638 mg, 1.33 mmol) in DCM (8.0 mL) were added 128 (470 mg, 1.73 mmol, Et3N (556.0 μL, 4.0 mmol), and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (179.0 mg, 1.33 mmol). After stirring for 41 h at ambient temperature, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and redissolved in MeCN (10 mL) followed by the addition of aqueous 0.1 M NaOH solution (10 mL) and solid NaOH pellets (100.0 mg). After 1.5 h, DCM (20 mL) was added and the desired compound was extracted four times. The organic layers were concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0%→12% MeOH in DCM) to give 194 as a clear yellow oil (733 mg, 1.19 mmol, 90%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 4.29-4.23 (m, 2H), 3.77-3.68 (m, 4H), 3.65-3.56 (m, 14H), 3.56-3.49 (m, 8H), 3.37-3.24 (m, 4H), 1.45 (s, 18H). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C27H54N3O12+ (M+H+) 612.73 found 612.55.
To a solution of 194 (31.8 mg, 0.052 mmol) in DCM (1.0 mL) was added 4.0 M HCl in dioxane (0.4 mL). After stirring for 2.5 h at ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and in between redissolved in DCM (2 mL) and concentrated. Compound 195 was obtained as a clear oil in quantitative yield. LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C17H38N3O8+ (M+H+) 412.50 found 412.45.
To a cold solution (0° C.) of 195 (21.4 mg, 0.052 mmol) in DCM (1.0 mL) were added Et3N (36 μL, 0.26 mmol) and 2-bromoacetyl bromide (10.5 μL, 0.12 mmol). After stirring for 10 min on ice, the ice bath was removed and aqueous 0.1 M NaOH solution (0.8 ml) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 20 min, the water layer was extracted with DCM (2×5 mL). The organic layers were combined and concentrated in vacuo. The crude brown oil was purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0%→18% MeOH in DCM) to give 196 as a clear oil (6.9 mg, 0.011 mmol, 20%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C21H40Br2N3O10+ (M+H+) 654.36 found 654.29.
To a solution of 196 (6.9 mg, 0.011 mmol) in DCM (0.8 mL) were added bis(4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (3.8 mg, 0.012 mmol) and Et3N (5 μL, 0.03 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 18 h, 155 (BCN-PEG2-NH2, 3.3 mg, 0.01 mmol) dissolved in DCM (0.5 mL) was added. After stirring for an additional of 2 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel (gradient: A. 0%→30% EtOAc in DCM (till p-nitrophenol was eluded), followed by gradient B. 0%→20% MeOH in DCM) to give XL12 as a clear oil (1.0 mg, 0.001 mmol, 9%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C39H66Br2N5O15+ (M+H+) 1004.77 found 1004.51.
To a solution of 102 (204 mg, 0.647 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) were added 181 (496 mg, 0.909 mmol) and Et3N (350 μL, 2.27 mmol. After stirring at room temperature for 19 h, solvent was reduced in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (2-20% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 197 as a yellow oil in 87% yield (410 mg, 0.567 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C35H63NO14Na+ (M+Na+) 744.86 found 744.43.
To a solution of 197 (410 mg, 0.567 mmol) and 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (172 mg, 0.853 mmol) in DCM (6 mL) was added Et3N (260 μL, 1.88 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 18 h, solvent was reduced in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0→7% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 198 as a clear oil in 70% yield (350 mg, 0.394 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C42H66N2O18Na+ (M+Na+) 909.96 found 909.61.
To a solution of 198 (44.2 mg, 0.05 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) were added 199 (bis-aminooxy-PEG2, 33.3 mg, 0.18 mmol) and Et3N (11 μL, 0.07 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 67 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 um OBD, 30×100 mm, 5%-90% MeCN in H2O (both containing 1% acetic acid)). The product XL13 was obtained as a clear oil (8.1 mg, 0.0087 μmol, 17%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C42H78N3O19+ (M+H+) 929.08 found 928.79.
A solution of 3-mercaptopropanoic acid (200 mg, 1.9 mmol) in water (6 mL) was cooled to 0° C., followed by the addition of methyl methanethiosulfonate (263 mg, 2.1 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL). The reaction was stirred overnight and warmed to room temperature. Subsequently, the reaction was quenched by saturated aqueous NaCl (10 mL) and Et2O (20 mL). The water layer was extracted with Et2O (3×20 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtrated and concentrated to yield the crude disulfide product (266 mg, 1.7 mmol, 93%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.00 (bs, 1H), 2.96-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.94-2.80 (m, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H). The crude disulfide derived from 3-mercaptopropanoic acid (266 mg, 1.7 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) followed by the addition of EDC.HCl (480 mg, 2.2 mmol) and N-hydroxy succinimide (270 mg, 2.1 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 90 minutes and quenched with water (20 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (2×20 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtrated and concentrated to give crude 314 (346 mg, 1.4 mmol, 81%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.12-3.07 (m, 2H), 3.02-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.87 (bs, 4H), 2.44 (s, 3H).
To a solution of 315 (prepared according WO2015057063 example 40, incorporated by reference) (420 mg, 1.14 mmol) in CH2Cl2/DMF (5 mL each) were added crude 314 (425 mg, 1.71 mmol) and Et3N (236 μL, 1.71 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight followed by concentration under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (1:0-6:4 MeCN:MeOH) afforded 316 (358 mg, 0.7 mmol, 60%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 5.46-5.45 (m, 1H), 5.33-5.27 (m, 1H), 5.15-5.11 (m, 1H), 4.43-4.41 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.97-3.88 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.83 (m, 2H), 2.69-2.53 (m, 2H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 1.91 (s, 3H), 1.86 (s, 3H).
To a solution of UMP.NBu3 (632 mg, 1.12 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) CDI (234 mg, 1.4 mmol) was added and stirred for 30 minutes. Methanol (25 μL, 0.6 mmol) is added and after 15 minutes the reaction is placed under high vacuum for 15 minutes. Subsequently, 316 (358 mg, 0.7 mmol) and NMI.HCl (333 mg, 2.8 mmol) are dissolved in DMF (2 mL) and added to the reaction mixture. After stirring overnight, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude 317. The crude product 317 is dissolved in MeOH:H2O:Et3N (7:3:3.10 ml) and stirred overnight followed by the addition of additional MeOH:H2O:Et3N (7:3:3, 5 mL). After 48 h, total reaction time the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified via anion exchange column (Q HITRAP, 3×5 mL, 1×20 mL column) in two portions. First binding on the column was achieved via loading with buffer A (10 mM NaHCO3) and the column was rinsed with 50 mL buffer A. Next a gradient to 70% B (250 mM NaHCO3) was performed to elute UDP GalNProSSMe 318 (355 mg, 0.5 mmol, 72%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, D2O): δ 7.86-7.84 (m, 1H), 5.86-5.85 (m, 1H), 5.44 (bs, 1H), 4.26-4.22 (m, 2H), 4.17-4.08 (m, 6H), 3.92 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.64 (m, 2H), 2.88 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.68 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.31 (s, 3H).
To a solution of compound 121 (442 mg, 1.46 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) and DMF (200 μL) was added a solution of compound 128 in DCM (1 mL) and triethylamine (609 μL, 4.37 mmol). After stirring the mixture for 16 hours, it was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (50%→100% EtOAc in heptane) and gave 319 (316 mg) This was further purified by RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 5%→90% MeCN (1% AcOH) in water (1% AcOH). Product 319 was obtained in 17% yield as a colorless oil (110 mg, 0.25 mmol. LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C19H37N3NaO8+ ((M+Na+) 458.25, found 458.33. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 5.41-4.89 (m, 2H), 4.31-4.24 (m, 2H), 3.78-3.68 (m, 4H), 3.65-3.59 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.34 (m, 4H), 3.34-3.19 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 18H).
Compound 319 (107 mg, 0.25 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (1 mL). Then 4 M HCl in dioxane (300 μL, 1.2 mmol, 4.8 equiv.) was added. After stirring the mixture for 15 hours, it was decanted from the precipitate and the precipitate was washed once with DCM (2 mL). Product 320 was obtained in quantitive yield as a white sticky solid (89.9 mg, 0.29 mmol. This was used directly in the next step.
To a solution of 101 (75 mg, 0.50 mmol, 2 equiv.) in DCM (1 ml) was added CSI (41 μL, 0.48 mmol, 1.9 equiv.). After stirring for 6 minutes, triethylamine (139 μL, 1.0 mmol, 4 equiv.) was added. A stock solution of 320 was prepared by adding DMF (200 μL) and DCM (2 mL) followed by triethylamine (139 μL, 0.75 mmol, 3 equiv.). Part of this stock solution of 320 (32 μL, 0.25 mmol) was added to the original reaction mixture containing the CSI. After stirring the mixture for 16 hours, it was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0%-->10% MeOH in DCM). Product 321 was obtained in 3% yield as a colorless oil (11 mg, 14.2 μmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C31H48N5O12S2+ ((M+H+) 746.27, found 746.96. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 6.36-5.94 (m, 2H), 4.38-4.17 (m, 6H), 3.84-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.77-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.63 (m, 2H), 3.54-3.45 (m, 4H), 3.39-3.27 (m, 4H), 2.38-2.16 (m, 12H), 1.67-1.47 (m, 5H), 1.40 (quintet, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 1.05-0.93 (m, 4H).
To a solution of 321 (10.6 mg, 14.2 μmol) in DCM (100 μL) were added bis(4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (4.3 mg, 14.2 μmol, 1.0 equiv.) and triethylamine (5.9 μL, 42.6 μmol, 3.0 equiv.). After stirring for 66 hours part of this mixture was treated with a stock solution of vc-PABC-MMAE.TFA in DMF (200 μL, 50 mg/mL) and an additional amount of triethylamine (5.9 μL, 42.6 μmol, 3.0 equiv.). After 24 hours it was concentrated partly in vacuo. The residue was purified by RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 5%→90% MeCN (1% AcOH) in water (1% AcOH). Compound 301 was obtained in 28% yield as a film (3.4 mg, 1.9 μmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C90H140N15O25S2+ ((M+H+) 1894.96, found 1895.00.
To a solution of 185 (octaethylene glycol) in DCM (10 mL) was added triethylamine (1.0 mL, 7.24 mmol; 2.5 equiv.) followed by dropwise addition of a 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (0.58 g; 2.90 mmol; 1 equiv.) solution in DCM (5 mL) in 28 minutes. After stirring the mixture for 90 minutes, it was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (75%→0% EtOAc in DCM followed by 0%→7% MeOH in DCM). Product 322 was obtained in 38% yield as a colorless oil (584.6 mg; 1.09 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C23H38NO13+ (M+H+) 536.23, found 536.93. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 8.28 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 4.47-4.42 (m, 2H), 3.84-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.75-3.63 (m, 26H), 3.63-3.59 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.55 (br. s, 1H).
To a solution of compound 121 (127 mg, 0.42 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added part (0.5 mL; 0.54 mmol; 1.3 equiv.) of a prepared stock solution of 322 (584 mg in DCM (1 mL)) followed by triethylamine (176 μL, 1.26 mmol; 3 equiv.) and HOBt (57 mg; 0.42 mmol; 1 equiv.). After stirring the mixture for 4.5 days, it was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was taken up in a mixture of acetonitrile (4.2 mL) and 0.1 N NaOH (4.2 mL, 1 equiv.). After stirring the mixture for 24 hours, additional solid NaOH (104.5 mg) was added. After stirring the mixture for another 5 hours, the mixture was extracted with DCM (2×10 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0%→15% MeOH in DCM). Product 323 was obtained in 54% yield as a pale yellow oil (164.5 mg, 0.23 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C26H54N3O12+ (M-BOC+) 600.36, found 600.49. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 5.27-5.05 (m, 2H), 4.26-4.21 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.59 (m, 30H), 3.43-3.33 (m, 4H), 3.33-3.22 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 18H).
Compound 323 (164 mg, 0.23 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (1 mL). Then 4 M HCl in dioxane (293 μL 1.17 mmol, 5 equiv.) was added. After stirring the mixture for 18 hours, additional 4 M HCl in dioxane (293 μL, 1.17 mmol, 5 equiv.) was added. After stirring the mixture for another 5 hours, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Product 324 was obtained in quantitative yield as a white sticky solid (132 mg, 0.23 mmol). This was used directly in the next step.
To a solution of 101 (81 mg, 0.54 mmol, 2.3 equiv.) in DCM (2 mL) was added CSI (43 μL, 0.49 mmol, 2.1 equiv.). After stirring for 15 minutes triethylamine (164 μL, 1.17 mmol, 5 equiv.) was added. A solution of 324 was prepared by adding DCM (2 ml) and triethylamine (164 μL, 1.17 mmol, 5 equiv.). This stock solution was added to the original reaction mixture after 6 minutes. After stirring the mixture for 23 hours, it was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0%→12% MeOH in DCM). Product 325 was obtained in 31% yield as pale yellow oil (73.0 mg, 72.2 μmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C43H72N5O18S2+ (M+H+) 1010.43, found 1010.50.
1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 6.21-5.85 (m, 2H), 4.38-4.17 (m, 6H), 3.80-3.57 (m, 30H), 3.57-3.44 (m, 4H), 3.44-3.30 (m, 4H), 2.38-2.16 (m, 12H), 1.64-1.48 (m, 4H), 1.40 (quintet, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 1.05-0.91 (m, 4H).
To a solution of 325 (19.5 mg, 19.7 μmol) in DCM (100 μL) were added bis(4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (6.0 mg, 19.7 μmol, 1.0 equiv.) and triethylamine (8.2 μL, 59.1 μmol, 3.0 equiv.). After stirring for 66 hours part of this mixture was treated with a stock solution of vc-PABC-MMAE.TFA in DMF (200 μL, 50 mg/mL) and an additional amount of triethylamine (8.2 μL, 59.1 μmol, 3.0 equiv.). After 95 hours it was concentrated partly in vacuo. The residue was purified by RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 5%→90% MeCN (1% AcOH) in water (1% AcOH). Compound 302 was obtained in 9% yield as a film (3.7 mg, 1.71 μmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C102H165N15O31S22+ (M+2H+) 1080.56, found 1080.74.
To a solution of 101 (18 mg, 0.12 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (CSI). After 30 min, Et3N (37 μL, 27 mg, 0.27 mmol) was added. To a solution of 195 (26 mg, 0.054 mmol) in DCM (1 ml) was added Et3N (37 μL, 27 mg, 0.27 mmol. This mixture was added to the reaction mixture. After 45 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (DCM to 7% MeOH in DCM). Product 329 was obtained as a colorless film (27 mg, 0.029 mmol, 54%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C39H64N5O16S2+ (M+H+) 922.38, found 922.50.
To a solution of 329 in DCM (1 ml) was added bis(4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (8.9 mg, 29.3 μmol) and Et3N (12.2 μL, 8.9 mg, 87.9 μmol). After i d, 0.28 mL was used for the preparation of compound 303. After 2 d, extra bis(4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (7.0 mg, 23 μmol) was added to the main reaction mixture. After i day, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography. Product 330 was obtained as a colorless film (17.5 mg, 0.016 mmol, 55% (76% corrected)). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C46H67N6O20S2+ (M+H+) 1087.38, found 1087.47.
To the reaction mixture of 330 (0.28 mL, theoretically containing 8.8 mg, 8.1 μmol) was added Et3N (3.4 μL, 2.5 mg, 24.3 μmol) and a solution of vc-PABC-MMAE.TFA (10 mg, 8.1 μmol) in DMF (200 μL). After 21 h, 2,2′-(ethylenedioxy)bis(ethylamine) (4.7 μL, 4.8 mg, 32 μmol) was added. After 45 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated under a stream of nitrogen gas. The residue was purified by RP-HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 30% to 90% MeCN (1% AcOH) in water (1% AcOH). Product 303 was obtained as a colorless film (5.6 mg, 2.7 μmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C98H157N15O29S22+ ((M+2H+)/2) 1036.53, found 1036.70.
To a solution of Alloc2-va-PABC-PBD 331 (10.0 mg, 0.009 mmol) in degassed DCM (400 μL, obtained by purging N2 through DCM for 5 minutes) were added pyrrolidine (1.9 μL, 0.027 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (1.6 mg, 0.0014 mmol). After stirring for 15 min at ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (10 mL) and aqueous saturated NH4Cl (10 mL) was added. The crude mixture was extracted with DCM (3×10 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The yellow residue was redissolved in DMF (450 μL) and MeCN (450 μL) and purified by RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 5%→90% MeCN in H2O (both containing 0.1% formic acid)). The pure fractions were neutralized over a SPE column (PL-HCO3 MP, 500 mg/6 mL), concentrated and co-evaporated with MeCN (2×5 mL) to give 332 as a white solid (4.8 mg, 0.005 mmol, 58%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C49H60N7O11+ (M+H+) 923.04 found 923.61.
To a solution of 332 (4.8 mg, 0.005 mmol) in anhydrous degassed DMF (60 μL, obtained by purging N2 through DMF for 5 minutes) were added 330 (10 mg, 0.009 mmol, dissolved in 48 μL anhydrous degassed DMF), Et3N (3.6 μL, 0.026 mmol), and HOBt (stock in anhydrous degassed DMF, 5.1 μL, 0.35 mg, 0.0026 mmol, 0.5 eq). After 41 h stirring at ambient temperature in the dark, the crude reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (300 μL) and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0%→12% MeOH in DCM) to give 304 as a clear yellow oil (4.0 mg, 0.0021 mmol, 41%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C89H121N12O28S2+ (M+H+) 1871.11 found 1871.09.
To a solution of 333 (2.9 mg, 0.0013 mmol), prepared according to WO102019110725A1, Example 5-5, incorporated by reference, in anhydrous DMF (60 μL) were added 330 (1.45 mg, 0.0013 mmol) and Et3N (1.2 μL, 0.023 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 48 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with DMF (500 μL) and purified by RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 30%→100% MeCN in H2O (both containing 1% acetic acid)). The product 305 was obtained as a colorless film (0.6 mg, 0.207 μmol, 16%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C124H182IN14O46S5+ (M/2+H+) 1447.03 found 1447.19.
To a solution of 330 (7 mg, 0.006 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (150 μL) were added a stock of vc-PABC-DMEA-PNU (334) in anhydrous DMF (125 μL, 5.7 mg, 0.005 mmol) and Et3N (2 μL, 0.015 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 25 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (0.3 ml) and purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel (0%→20% MeOH in DCM) to give 306 as a red film (5 mg, 0.0024 mmol, 47%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C96H133N13O36S3+ (M/2+H+) 1055.84 found 10A55.50.
Compound 336 (DIBO, 95 mg, 0.43 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (1.0 mL) and chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (33.0 μL, 0.37 mmol) was added at room temperature, and after 2 min insoluble material was formed. After stirring for an additional 15 min at room temperature, Et3N (120.0 μL, 0.85 mmol) was added, all insoluble material disappeared, and addition of a mixture of 195 (71 mg, 0.0171) dissolved in DCM (1.0 ml) and Et3N (120.0 μL, 0.85 mmol) was performed. After stirring at room temperature for 16 h, the crude mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0%→15% MeOH in DCM) after which it was co-evaporated with EtOAc (2×) to completely remove the MeOH. Product 337 was obtained as a waxy white solid (136.0 mg, 0.12 mmol, 75%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C51H63N6O18S2+ (M+NH4+) 1080.21 found 1080.59.
To a solution of 337 (136.0 mg, 0.12 mmol) in DCM (2.0 mL) were added bis-(4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (47.0 mg, 0.15 mmol) and Et3N (54.0 μL, 0.38 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 18 h, the crude mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (gradient: A. 0%→35% EtOAc in DCM (until p-nitrophenol was eluded), followed by gradient, B. 0%→13% MeOH in DCM) to give 338 as a light-yellow oil (89.0 mg, 0.07 mmol, 60%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C48H66N7O20S2+ (M+NH4+) 1245.31 found 1245.64.
To a solution of 338 (6.95 mg, 0.005 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (93.0 μL) were added Et3N (2.4 μL, 0.017 mmol) and stock solution of vc-PABC-MMAE.TFA (Levena Bioscience) in anhydrous DMF (70 μL, 7.0 mg, 0.005 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 18 h, DMF (450 μL) was added and the crude mixture was purified by RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 30%→100% MeCN in H2O (both containing 1% acetic acid)). The product 307 was obtained as a colorless film (4.5 mg, 0.002 mmol, 36%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C110H152N15O29S2+ (M/2+H+) 1106.30 found 1106.79.
Compound 101 (16.3 mg, 0.10 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (0.8 mL) and chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (8.6 μL, 0.099 mmol) was added at room temperature. After stirring for 15 min at room temperature, Et3N (69.0 μL, 0.49 mmol) was added, followed by the addition of a mixture of 335 (40 mg, 0.099 mmol) dissolved in DCM (1.0 mL) and Et3N (69.0 μL, 0.49 mmol). This mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h (mixture 1) to give crude 339. In another vial, 340 (DBCO-C2—OH, Broadpharm) (34.0 mg, 0.099 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (0.8 mL) at room temperature and chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (7.75 μL, 0.089 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 15 min, Et3N (69.0 μL, 0.49 mmol) was added followed by crude 339. After stirring at room temperature for another 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0%→15% MeOH in DCM) after which it was co-evaporated with EtOAC (2×) to completely remove the MeOH. Product 341 was obtained as a clear yellow oil (20.0 mg, 0.017 mmol, 17%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C50H70N7O18S2+ (M+H+) 1121.26 found 1121.59.
To a solution of 341 (20.0 mg, 0.17 mmol) in DCM (1.0 ml) were added bis(4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (5.6 mg, 0.019 mmol) and Et3N (7.5 μL, 0.053 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 40 h, the crude mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (gradient: A. 0%→30% EtOAc in DCM (until p-nitrophenol was eluded), followed by gradient B. 0%→20% MeOH in DCM) to give 342 as a clear light yellow oil (6.9 mg, 0.005 mmol, 30%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C57H73N8O22S2+ (M+H+) 1286.36 found 1286.57.
To a solution of 342 (3.6 mg, 0.0028 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (35.0 μL) were added Et3N (1.2 μL, 0.008 mmol) and stock solution of vc-PABC-MMAE.TFA (Levena Bioscience) in anhydrous DMF (34 μL, 3.4 mg, 0.0028 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 27 h, DCM (400 μL) was added and the crude mixture was purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0%→30% MeOH in DCM) to give 308 as a colorless film (3.7 mg, 0.0016 mmol, 58%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C109H161N17O31S2+ (M/2+H+) 1135.84 found 1135.73.
To a stock solution of vc-PABC-MMAE.TFA (Levena Bioscience) in anhydrous DMF (91 μL, 9.1 mg, 0.0073 mmol) were added Et3N (5.1 μL, 0.037 mmol) and 343 (bis-maleimide-lysine-PEG4-TFP, Broadpharm) (6.2 mg, 0.0073 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 3 h, the mixture was diluted with DCM (0.4 mL) and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0%→30% MeOH in DCM) to give 309 as a clear oil (9.1 mg, 0.0051 mmol, 69%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C89H138N15O24+ (M+H+) 1802.13 found 1802.11.
To an Eppendorf vial containing 344 (4.3 mg, 6.0 μmol, 1.7 equiv.) was added was added a vc-PABC-MMAF.TFA salt in DMF (4.00 mg, 100 μL, 34.31 mmolar, 3.43 μmol, 1.0 equiv.), followed by triethylamine (1.43 μL, 10.3 μmol, 3.0 Eq). The mixture was mixed and the resulting colorless solution was left at rt for circa 3 hours. The reaction mixture was then purified directly via RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 30%→90% MeCN (1% AcOH) in water (1% AcOH). The desired product 310 was obtained as a colorless residue (4.5 mg, 2.7 μmol, 79% yield). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C80H134N15O22+ (M+H+) 1656.98. found 1657.03.
To an Eppendorf vial containing 102 (54.7 mg, 1.00 Eq, 173 μmol) and 345 (triglycine, 28.8 mg, 0.878 equiv., 152 μmol) was added dry DMF (250 μL) and triethylamine (52.7 mg, 72.5 μL, 3 Eq, 520 μmol). The resulting yellow suspension was stirred at rt for 21 hours, followed by the addition of 50 NL H2O to the RM. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another day upon which additional H2O (200 μL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 3 days. Next, MeCN (circa 0.5 mL) and additional Et3N (circa 10 drops) were added and the resulting suspension was stirred for 1 hour at rt before conc. in vacuo. The yellow residue was taken up in DMF (600 μL) and the resulting yellow suspension was filtered over a membrane filter. The membrane-filter was washed with 200 NL additional DMF and the combined filtrates was purified directly via RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 30%→90% MeCN (1% AcOH) in water (1% AcOH). The desired product 346 was obtained as a brown oil (41.5 mg, 114 μmol, 66% yield). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C17H24N3O6+ (M+H+) 366.17. found 366.27.
To a solution of 346 (21.6 mg, 0.056 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (0.3 mL) were added DIPEA (30 μL, 0.171 mmol) and HATU (21.6 mg, 0.056 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 10 min, 320 (7.37 mg, 0.031 mmol) dissolved in DCM (310 μL) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 24 h, the mixture was purified by RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 30%→100% MeCN in H2O (both containing 1% AcOH)). The product 347 was obtained as an off-white oil (5.2 mg, 0.005 mmol, 20%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C43H64N9O14+ (M+H+) 931.02 found 931.68.
To a solution of 347 (5.2 mg, 0.0056 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (200 μL) were added bis(4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (1.9 mg, 0.006 mmol) and Et3N (2.4 μL, 0.016 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 27 h, a stock solution of vc-PABC-MMAE.TFA (Levena Bioscience) (66 μL, 6.6 mg, 0.0053 mmol) and Et3N (2 μL, 0.014 mmol) were added. After stirring for another 17 h at room temperature, the crude mixture was diluted with DMF (250 μL) and purified by RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 5%→90% MeCN in H2O (both containing 1% AcOH)). The product 311 was obtained as a clear oil (0.6 mg, 0.28 μmol, 5%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C102H156N19O27+ (M/2+H+) 1040.71 found 1040.85.
Compound 312 (LD11) was prepared according to the procedure described by Verkade et al., Antibodies 2018, 7, doi:10.3390/antib7010012, incorporated by reference.
To a vial containing 348 (2.7 mg, 1.1 Eq, 4.9 μmol) was added DMF (60 μL) and neat triethylamine (1.9 μL, 3 Eq, 13 μmol). Next, a solution of HBTU in dry DMF (2.0 mg, 11 μL, 472 mmolar, 1.2 Eq, 5.3 μmol) was added and the mixture was mixed. The reaction mixture was left at rt for 30 minutes, followed by the addition of va-PABC-MMAF.TFA salt (5.2 mg, 0.13 ml, 34.31 mmolar, 1 Eq, 4.4 μmol). The resulting mixture was mixed and left at rt for 110 minutes and was then purified directly via RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 30%→90% MeCN (1% AcOH) in water (1% AcOH). The desired product 313 was obtained as a colorless oil (1.8 mg, 1.1 μmol, 26% yield). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C77H127N12O23+ (M+H+) 1587.91. found 1588.05.
To a solution of methyltetrazine-NHS ester 349 (19 mg, 0.057 mmol) in DCM (400 μL) was added amino-PEG11-amine (47 mg, 0.086 mmol) dissolved in DCM (800 μL). After stirring at room temperature for 20 min, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0→50% MeOH (0.7 M NH3) in DCM) which gave the desired compound 350 as a pink oil (17 mg, 0.022 mmol, 39%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C35H61N6O12+ (M+H+) 757.89 found 757.46.
To a stirred solution of 151 (Fmoc-Gly-Gly-Gly-OH, 10 mg, 0.022 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (500 μL) were added DIPEA (11 μL, 0.067 mmol) and HATU (8.5 mg, 0.022 mmol). After 10 min, 350 (17 mg, 0.022 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous DMF (500 μL) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 18.5 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0→17% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 351 as a pink oil (26 mg, 0.022 mmol, quant.). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C56H83N10O17+ (M+NH4+) 1168.32 found 1168.67.
To a solution of 351 (26 mg, 0.022 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (500 μL) was added diethylamine (12 μL, 0.11 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 1.5 h, the crude mixture was purified by RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 5%→90% MeCN in H2O (both containing 1% acetic acid)). The product 169 was obtained as a clear pink oil (10.9 mg, 0.011 mmol, 53%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C41H70N9O15+ (M+H+) 929.05 found 929.61.
To a solution of 349 (methyltetrazine-NHS ester, 10.3 mg, 0.031 mmol) in DCM (200 μL) was added amino-PEG23-amine (50 mg, 0.046 mmol) dissolved in DCM (200 μL). After stirring at room temperature for 50 min, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0→60% MeOH (0.7 M NH3) in DCM) which gave the desired compound 352 as a pink oil (17.7 mg, 0.013 mmol, 44%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C59H109N6O24+ (M+H+) 1286.52 found 1286.72.
To a stirred solution of 151 (5.7 mg, 0.013 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (500 μL) were added DIPEA (7 μL, 0.04 mmol) and HATU (5.3 mg, 0.013 mmol). After 10 min, 352 (17.7 mg, 0.013 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous DMF (500 μL) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 6 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0→18% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 353 as a pink oil (21 mg, 0.012 mmol, 91%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C80H131N10O29+ (M/2+NH4+) 857.45 found 857.08.
To a solution of 353 (21 mg, 0.012 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (500 μL) was added diethylamine (6.7 μL, 0.06 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 4 h, the crude mixture was purified by RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 5%→90% MeCN in H2O (both containing 1% acetic acid)). The product 170 was obtained as a pink oil (11.6 mg, 0.008 mmol, 66%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C65H118N9O27+ (M+H+) 1457.68 found 1457.92.
To a solution of 384 (tetrafluorphenylazide-NHS ester, 40 mg, 0.12 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) were added 358 (BoC-NH-PEG2-NH2, 33 mg, 0.13 mmol) and Et3N (50 μL, 0.36 mmol). After stirring in the dark at room temperature for 30 min, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0→7% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 356 as a clear oil (47 mg, 0.10 mmol, 84%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C18H24F4N5O5+ (M+H+) 466.41 found 466.23.
To a solution of 356 (47 mg, 0.10 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added 4.0 M HCl in dioxane (300 μL). After stirring in the dark at room temperature for 17.5 h, the mixture was concentrated and 357 was obtained as a white solid in quantitative yield (36 mg, 0.10 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C13H16F4N5O3+ (M+H+) 366.29 found 366.20.
To a stirred solution of 151 (Fmoc-Gly-Gly-Gly-OH, 42 mg, 0.10 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (600 μL) were added DIPEA (50 μL, 0.30 mmol) and HATU (39 mg, 0.10 mmol). After 15 min in the dark, 357 (36 mg, 0.10 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous DMF (500 μL) was added. After stirring in the dark at room temperature for 41 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0→20% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 358 as a clear oil (36 mg, 0.047 mmol, 47%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C34H35F4N8O8+ (M+H+) 759.68 found 759.38.
To a solution of 358 (36 mg, 0.047 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (750 μL) was added diethylamine (24 μL, 0.24 mmol). After stirring in the dark at room temperature for 55 min, the crude mixture was purified by RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 5%→90% MeCN in H2O (both containing 1% acetic acid)). The product 171 was obtained as a clear oil (18.7 mg, 0.034 mmol, 74%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C19H25F4N6O6+ (M+H+) 537.45 found 537.29.
To a solution of 102 (10 mg, 0.031 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (500 μL) were added peptide 167 (H-LPETGG-OH, 18 mg, 0.031 mmol) and Et3N (13 μL, 0.095 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 93 h, the crude mixture was purified by RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 5%→90% MeCN in H2O (both containing 1% acetic acid)). The product 172 was obtained as a clear oil (16.8 mg, 0.022 mmol, 72%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C35H53N6O12+ (M+H+) 749.83 found 749.39.
To a solution of 102 (56 mg, 0.17 mmol) in DCM (8 mL) were added amino-PEG24-alcohol (214 mg, 0.199 mmol) and Et3N (80 μL, 0.53 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 20 h, solvent was reduced in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (2→30% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 359 as a yellow oil in 95% yield (210 mg, 0.168 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C59H111NO26Na+ (M+Na+) 1273.50 found 1273.07.
To a solution of 359 (170 mg, 0.136 mmol) and 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (44 mg, 0.22 mmol) in DCM (7 ml) was added Et3N (63 μL, 0.40 mmol. After stirring at room temperature for 41 h, solvent was reduced and the residue was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (0→10% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 360 as a clear oil in 67% yield (129 mg, 0.091 mmol). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C86H114N2O30Na+ (M+Na+) 1438.59 found 1438.13.
To a solution of 360 (16 mg, 0.011 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (800 μL) were added 167 (peptide H-LPETGG-OH, 6.5 mg, 0.011 mmol) and Et3N (5 μL, 0.04 mmol. After stirring at room temperature for 95 h, the crude mixture was purified by RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 5%→90% MeCN in H2O (both containing 1% acetic acid)). The product 173 was obtained as a clear oil (12.6 mg, 0.0068 mmol, 62%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C84H153N8O37+ (M/2+NH4+) 942.55 found 924.26.
To a solution of 361 (methyltetrazine-PEG5-NHS ester, 6.1 mg, 0.011 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (230 μL) were added peptide H-LPETGG-OH (6.5 mg, 0.011 mmol) and Et3N (4 μL, 0.028 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 22 h, the crude mixture was purified by RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 5%→90% MeCN in H2O (both containing 1% acetic acid)). The product 174 was obtained as a clear pink oil (9.9 mg, 0.01 mmol, 91%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C44H70N11O16+ (M+NH4+) 1009.09 found 1009.61.
To a solution of 354 (31 mg, 0.093 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) were added 181 (56 mg, 0.10 mmol) and Et3N (40 μL, 0.28 mmol). After stirring in the dark at room temperature for 25 min, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0→15% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 362 as a clear oil (55 mg, 0.072 mmol, 77%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C31H51F4N4O13+ (M+H+) 763.75 found 763.08.
To a solution of 362 (55 mg, 0.072 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) were added 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (13 mg, 0.064 mmol) and Et3N (30 μL, 0.21 mmol). After stirring in the dark at room temperature for 21 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 5%→90% MeCN (1% AcOH) in water (1% AcOH). The product 363 was obtained as a yellow oil (13.3 mg, 0.014 mmol, 20%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C38H54F4N5O17+ (M+H+) 928.85 found 928.57.
To a solution of 363 (13.3 mg, 0.014 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (300 μL) were added 167 (peptide H-LPETGG-OH, 8.2 mg, 0.014 mmol) and Et3N (6 μL, 0.043 mmol). After 26 h in the dark, the crude mixture was purified by RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 5%→90% MeCN in H2O (both containing 1% acetic acid)). The product 175 was obtained as a clear oil (11.4 mg, 0.0084 mmol, 59%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C56H89F4N10O24+ (M+H+) 1362.35 found 1362.81.
To a stirred solution of 151 (Fmoc-Gly-Gly-Gly-OH, 20 mg, 0.049 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (350 μL) were added DIPEA (25 μL, 0.15 mmol) and HATU (18 mg, 0.049 mmol). After 10 min, compound 364 (N-Boc-ethylenediamine, 7.8 mg, 0.049 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous was added. After stirring at room temperature for 45 min, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography over silicagel (0→30% MeOH in DCM) which gave the desired compound 365 as a clear oil (12.4 mg, 0.022 mmol, 46%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C28H36N5O7+ (M+H+) 554.61 found 554.46.
To a stirred solution of 365 (12.4 mg, 0.022 mmol) in DCM (0.7 mL) was added 4.0 M HCl in dioxane (400 μL). After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was concentrated and 366 was obtained as a white solid (11 mg, 0.022 mmol, quant.). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C23H28N5O7+ (M+H+) 545.50 found 454.33.
To a solution of 191 (8 mg, 0.0059 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (300 μL) were added Et3N (2.5 μL, 0.017 mmol) and stock of 366 in anhydrous DMF (110 μL, 3.0 mg, 0.0059 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 18 h, diethylamine (2 uL) was added. After an additional of 2 h, the mixture was purified by RP HPLC (Column Xbridge prep C18 5 μm OBD, 30×100 mm, 5%→90% MeCN in H2O (both containing 1% acetic acid)). The product 176 was obtained as a clear oil (1.3 mg, 0.0009 mmol, 15%). LCMS (ESI+) calculated for C60H103N10O26S2+ (M+H+) 1444.64 found 1444.75.
Anti-4-1BB scFv was designed with a C-terminal sortase A recognition sequence followed by a His tag (amino acid sequence being identified by SEQ ID NO: 4). Anti-4-1BB scFv was transiently expressed in HEK293 cells followed by IMAC purification by Absolute Antibody Ltd (Oxford, United Kingdom). Mass spectral analysis showed one major product (observed mass 28013 Da, expected mass 28018 Da).
The SYR-(G4S)3-IL15 (PF18) (amino acid sequence being identified by SEQ ID NO: 5) was designed with an N-terminal (M)SYR sequence, where the methionine will be cleaved after expression leaving an N-terminal serine, and a flexible (G4S)3 spacer between the SYR sequence and I15. The codon-optimized DNA sequence was inserted into a pET32A expression vector between NdeI and XhoI, thereby removing the sequence encoding the thioredoxin fusion protein, and was obtained from Genscript, Piscataway, USA.
Expression of SYR-(G4S)3-IL15 (PF18) starts with the transformation of the plasmid (pET32a-SYR-(G4S)3-IL15) into BL21 cells (Novagen). Transformed cells were plated on LB-agar with ampicillin and incubated overnight at 37° C. A single colony was picked and used to inoculate 50 mL of TB medium+ampicillin followed by incubated overnight at 37° C. Next, the overnight culture was used to inoculation 1000 mL TB medium+ampicillin. The culture was incubated at 37° C. at 160 RPM and, when OD600 reached 1.5, induced with 1 mM IPTG (1 mL of 1M stock solution). After >16 hour induction at 37° C. at 160 RPM, the culture was pelleted by centrifugation (5000×g-5 min). The cell pellet gained from 1000 ml culture was lysed in 60 mL BugBuster™ with 1500 units of Benzonase and incubated on roller bank for 30 min at room temperature. After lysis the insoluble fraction was separated from the soluble fraction by centrifugation (15 minutes, 15000×g). Half of the insoluble fraction was dissolved in 30 mL BugBuster™ with lysozyme (final concentration: 200 μg/mL) and incubated on the roller bank for 10 min. Next the solution was diluted with 6 volumes of 1:10 diluted BugBuster™ and centrifuged 15 min, 15000×g. The pellet was resuspended in 200 mL of 1:10 diluted BugBuster™ by using the homogenizer and centrifuged at 10 min, 12000×g. The last step was repeated 3 times.
The purified inclusion bodies containing SYR-(G4S)3-IL15 (PF18), were dissolved and denatured in 30 mL 5 M guanidine with 40 mM Cysteamine and 20 mM Tris pH 8.0. The suspension was centrifuged at 16.000×g for 5 min to pellet the remaining cell debris. The supernatant was diluted to 1 mg/mL with 5 M guanidine with 40 mM Cysteamine and 20 mM Tris pH 8.0, and incubated for 2 hours at RT on a rollerbank. The 1 mg/mL solution is added dropwise to 10 volumes of refolding buffer (50 mM Tris, 10.53 mM NaCl, 0.44 mM KCl, 2.2 mM MgCl2, 2.2 mM CaCl2, 0.055% PEG-4000, 0.55 M L-arginine, 4 mM cysteamine, 4 mM cystamine, at pH 8.0) in a cold room at 4° C., stirring required. Leave solution at least 24 hours at 4° C. Dialyze the solution to 10 mM NaCl and 20 mM Tris pH 8.0, 1× overnight and 2×4 hours, using a Spectrum™ Spectra/Por™ 3 RC Dialysis Membrane Tubing 3500 Dalton MWCO. Refolded SYR-(G4S)3-IL15 (PF18) was loaded onto a equilibrated Q-trap anion exchange column (GE health care) on an AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare). The column was first washed with buffer A (20 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.0). Retained protein was eluted with buffer B (20 mM Tris buffer, 1 M NaCl, pH 8.0) on a gradient of 30 mL from buffer A to buffer B. Mass spectrometry analysis showed a weight of 14122 Da (expected mass: 14122 Da) corresponding to PF18. The purified SYR-(G4S)3-IL15 (PF18) was buffer exchanged to PBS using HiPrep™ 26/10 Desalting column (Cytiva) on a AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare).
The SYR-(G4S)3-IL15Ra-linker-IL15 (PF26) (amino acid sequence being identified by SEQ ID NO: 6) was designed with an N-terminal (M)SYR sequence, where the methionine will be cleaved after expression leaving an N-terminal serine, and a flexible (G4S)3 spacer between the SYR sequence and IL15Ra-linker-IL15. The codon-optimized DNA sequence was inserted into a pET32A expression vector between NdeI and XhoI, thereby removing the sequence encoding the thioredoxin fusion protein, and was obtained from Genscript, Piscataway, USA.
Expression of SYR-(G4S)3-IL15Ra-linker-IL15 (PF26) starts with the transformation of the plasmid (pET32a-SYR-(G4S)3-IL15Ra-linker-IL15) into BL21 cells (Novagen). Next step was the inoculation of 1000 mL culture (TB medium+ampicillin) with BL21 cells. When 0D600 reached 1.5, cultures were induced with 1 mM IPTG (1 mL of 1M stock solution). After >16 hour induction at 37° C. at 160 RPM, the culture was pelleted by centrifugation (5000×g-5 min). The cell pellet gained from 1000 mL culture was lysed in 60 mL BugBuster™ with 1500 units of Benzonase and incubated on roller bank for 30 min at room temperature. After lysis the insoluble fraction was separated from the soluble fraction by centrifugation (15 minutes, 15000×g). Half of the insoluble fraction was dissolved in 30 ml BugBuster™ with lysozyme (final concentration: 200 μg/mL) and incubated on the roller bank for 10 min. Next the solution was diluted with 6 volumes of 1:10 diluted BugBuster™ and centrifuged 15 min, 15000×g. The pellet was resuspended in 200 mL of 1:10 diluted BugBuster™ by using the homogenizer and centrifuged at 10 min, 12000×g. The last step was repeated 3 times.
The purified inclusion bodies containing SYR-(G4S)3-IL15Ra-linker-IL15 (PF26), were dissolved and denatured in 30 mL 5 M guanidine with 40 mM Cysteamine and 20 mM Tris pH 8.0. The suspension was centrifuged at 16.000×g for 5 min to pellet the remaining cell debris. The supernatant was diluted to 1 mg/mL with 5 M guanidine with 40 mM Cysteamine and 20 mM Tris pH 8.0, and incubated for 2 hours at RT on a rollerbank. The 1 mg/mL solution is added dropwise to 10 volumes of refolding buffer (50 mM Tris, 10.53 mM NaCl, 0.44 mM KCl, 2.2 mM MgCl2, 2.2 mM CaCl2, 0.055% PEG-4000, 0.55 M L-arginine, 4 mM cysteamine, 4 mM cystamine, at pH 8.0) in a cold room at 4° C., stirring required. Leave solution at least 24 hours at 4° C. Dialyze the solution to 10 mM NaCl and 20 mM Tris pH 8.0, 1× overnight and 2×4 hours using a Spectrum™ Spectra/Por™3 RC Dialysis Membrane Tubing 3500 Dalton MWCO. Refolded SYR-(G4S)3-IL15Ra-linker-IL15 (PF26) was loaded onto a equilibrated Q-trap anion exchange column (GE health care) on an AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare). The column was first washed with buffer A (20 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.0). Retained protein was eluted with buffer B (20 mM Tris buffer, 1 M NaCl, pH 8.0) on a gradient of 30 ml from buffer A to buffer B. Mass spectrometry analysis showed a weight of 24146 Da (expected mass: 24146 Da) corresponding to PF26. The purified SYR-(G4S)3-IL15Ra-linker-IL15 (PF26) was buffer exchanged to PBS using HiPrep™ 26/10 Desalting column from cytiva on a AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare).
Humanized OKT3 (hOKT3) with C-terminal sortase A recognition sequence (C-terminal tag being identified by SEQ ID NO: 1) was obtained from Absolute Antibody Ltd (Oxford, United Kingdom). Mass spectral analysis showed one major product (observed mass 28836 Da).
A bioconjugate according to the invention was prepared by C-terminal sortagging using sortase A (identified by SEQ ID NO: 2). To a solution of hOKT3 200 (500 μL, 500 μg, 35 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added sortase A (58 μL, 384 μg, 302 μM in TBS pH 7.5+10% glycerol), GGG-PEG2-BCN (157, 28 μL, 50 mM in DMSO), CaCl2 (69 μL, 100 mM in MQ) and TBS pH 7.5 (39 μL). The reaction was incubated at 37° C. overnight followed by purification on a His-trap excel 1 mL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Explorer-100 (GE Healthcare). The column was equilibrated with buffer A (20 mM Tris, 200 mM NaCl, 20 mM Imidazole, pH 7.5) and the sample was loaded with 1 mL/min. The flowthrough was collected and mass spectral analysis showed one major product (observed mass 27829 Da), corresponding to 201. The sample was dialyzed against PBS pH 7.4 and concentrated by spinfiltration (Amicon Ultra-0.5, Ultracel-10 Membrane, Millipore) to obtain hOKT3-PEG2-BCN 201 (60 μL, 169 μg, 101 μM in PBS pH 7.4).
A bioconjugate according to the invention was prepared by C-terminal sortagging using sortase A pentamutant (BPS Bioscience, catalog number 71046). To a solution of hOKT3 200 (14.3 μL, 14 μg, 35 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added sortase A pentamutant (0.5 μL, 1 μg, 92 μM in 40 mM Tris 10 pH 8.0, 110 mM NaCl, 2.2 mM KCl, 400 mM imidazole and 20% glycerol), GGG-PEG2-BCN (157, 2 μL, 20 mM in DMSO:MQ=2:3), CaCl2 (2 μL, 100 mM in MQ) and TBS pH 7.5 (1.2 μL). The reaction was incubated at 37° C. overnight. Mass spectral analysis showed one major product (observed mass 27829 Da), corresponding to hOKT3-PEG2-BCN 201.
A bioconjugate according to the invention was prepared by C-terminal sortagging using sortase A (identified by SEQ ID NO: 2). To a solution of hOKT3 200 (14.3 μL, 14 μg, 35 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added sortase A (0.9 μL, 12 μg, 582 μM in TBS pH 7.5+10% glycerol), GGG-PEG11-BCN (161, 2 μL, 20 mM in MQ), CaCl2 (2 μL, 100 mM in MQ) and TBS pH 7.5 (0.9 μL). The reaction was incubated at 37° C. overnight. Mass spectral analysis showed one major product (observed mass 21951 Da, approximately 85%), corresponding to sortase A, a minor product (observed masses 28227 Da, approximately 5%), corresponding to hOKT3-PEG11-BCN 202, and two other minor products (observed masses 28051 Da and 28325 Da, each approximately 5%).
A bioconjugate according to the invention was prepared by C-terminal sortagging using sortase A pentamutant (BPS Bioscience, catalog number 71046). To a solution of hOKT3 200 (14.3 μL, 14 μg, 35 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added sortase A pentamutant (0.5 μL, 1 μg, 92 μM in 40 mM Tris pH 8.0, 110 mM NaCl, 2.2 mM KCl, 400 mM imidazole and 20% glycerol), GGG-PEG11-BCN (161, 2 μL, 20 mM in MQ), CaCl2 (2 μL, 100 mM in MQ) and TBS pH 7.5 (1.2 μL). The reaction was incubated at 37° C. overnight. Mass spectral analysis showed one major product (observed mass 28225 Da, approximately 60%), corresponding to hOKT3-PEG11-BCN 202, and one minor product (observed mass 28326 Da, approximately 40%).
A bioconjugate according to the invention was prepared by C-terminal sortagging using sortase A (identified by SEQ ID NO: 2). To a solution of hOKT3 200 (14.3 μL, 14 μg, 35 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added sortase A (0.9 μL, 12 μg, 582 μM in TBS pH 7.5+10% glycerol), GGG-PEG23-BCN (163, 2 μL, 20 mM in MQ), CaCl2 (2 μL, 100 mM in MQ) and TBS pH 7.5 (0.9 μL). The reaction was incubated at 37° C. overnight. Mass spectral analysis showed one major product (observed mass 21951 Da, approximately 70%), corresponding to sortase A, and one minor product (observed mass 28755 Da, approximately 30%), corresponding to hOKT3-PEG23-BCN 203.
A bioconjugate according to the invention was prepared by C-terminal sortagging using sortase A pentamutant (BPS Bioscience, catalog number 71046). To a solution of hOKT3 200 (14.3 μL, 14 μg, 35 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added sortase A pentamutant (0.5 μL, 1 μg, 92 μM in 40 mM Tris pH 8.0, 110 mM NaCl, 2.2 mM KCl, 400 mM imidazole and 20% glycerol), GGG-PEG23-BCN (163, 2 μL, 20 mM in MQ), CaCl2 (2 μL, 100 mM in MQ) and TBS pH 7.5 (1.2 μL). The reaction was incubated at 37° C. overnight. Mass spectral analysis showed one major product (observed mass 28754 Da), corresponding to hOKT3-PEG23-BCN 203.
A bioconjugate according to the invention was prepared by C-terminal sortagging using sortase A (identified by SEQ ID NO: 2). To a solution of hOKT3 200 (500 μL, 500 μg, 35 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added sortase A (58 μL, 384 μg, 302 μM in TBS pH 7.5+10% glycerol), GGG-PEG4-tetrazine (154, 35 μL, 40 mM in MQ), CaCl2 (69 μL, 100 mM in MQ) and TBS pH 7.5 (32 μL). The reaction was incubated at 37° C. overnight followed by purification on a His-trap excel 1 mL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Explorer-100 (GE Healthcare). The column was equilibrated with buffer A (20 mM Tris, 200 mM NaCl, 20 mM Imidazole, pH 7.5) and the sample was loaded with 1 m/min. The flowthrough was collected and mass spectral analysis showed one major product (observed mass 27868 Da), corresponding to 104. The sample was dialyzed against PBS pH 7.4 and concentrated by spinfiltration (Amicon Ultra-0.5, Ultracel-10 Membrane, Millipore) to obtain hOKT3-PEG4-tetrazine 204 (70 μL, 277 μg, 143 μM in PBS pH 7.4).
A bioconjugate according to the invention was prepared by C-terminal sortagging using sortase A pentamutant (BPS Bioscience, catalog number 71046). To a solution of hOKT3 200 (14.3 μL, 14 μg, 35 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added sortase A pentamutant (0.5 μL, 1 μg, 92 μM in 40 mM Tris pH 8.0, 110 mM NaCl, 2.2 mM KCl, 400 mM imidazole and 20% glycerol), GGG-PEG4-tetrazine (154, 2 μL, 20 mM in MQ), CaCl2 (2 μL, 100 mM in MQ) and TBS pH 7.5 (1.2 μL). The reaction was incubated at 37° C. overnight. Mass spectral analysis showed one major product (observed mass 27868 Da), corresponding to hOKT3-PEG4-tetrazine 204.
A bioconjugate according to the invention was prepared by C-terminal sortagging with sortase A (identified by SEQ ID NO: 2). To a solution of hOKT3 200 (1908 μL, 5 mg, 91 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added sortase A (81 μL, 948 μg, 533 μM in TBS pH 7.5+10% glycerol), GGG-PEG11-tetrazine (169, 347 μL, 20 mM in MQ), CaCl2 (347 μL, 100 mM in MQ) and TBS pH 7.5 (789 μL). The reaction was incubated at 37° C. overnight. Mass spectral analysis showed one major product (observed mass 28258 Da), corresponding to hOKT3-PEG11-tetrazine PF01. The reaction was purified on a His-trap excel 1 mL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Explorer-100 (GE Healthcare). The column was equilibrated with buffer A (20 mM Tris, 200 mM NaCl, 20 mM Imidazole, pH 7.5) and the sample was loaded with 1 m/min. The flowthrough was collected and buffer exchanged to PBS pH 6.5 using a HiPrep 26/10 desalting column (GE Healthcare). Addition dialysis was performed to PBS pH 6.5 for 3 days at 4° C. to remove residual 169.
A bioconjugate according to the invention was prepared by C-terminal sortagging with sortase A (identified by SEQ ID NO: 2). To a solution of hOKT3 200 (1908 μL, 5 mg, 91 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added sortase A (81 μL, 948 μg, 533 μM in TBS pH 7.5+10% glycerol), GGG-PEG23-tetrazine (170, 347 μL, 20 mM in MQ), CaCl2 (347 μL, 100 mM in MQ) and TBS pH 7.5 (789 μL). The reaction was incubated at 37° C. overnight. Mass spectral analysis showed one major product (observed mass 28787 Da), corresponding to hOKT3-PEG23-tetrazine PF02. The reaction was purified on a His-trap excel 1 mL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Explorer-100 (GE Healthcare). The column was equilibrated with buffer A (20 mM Tris, 200 mM NaCl, 20 mM Imidazole, pH 7.5) and the sample was loaded with 1 mL/min. The flowthrough was dialyzed to PBS pH 6.5 followed by purification on a Superdex75 10/300 GL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare) using PBS pH 6.5 as mobile phase.
A bioconjugate according to the invention was prepared by C-terminal sortagging with sortase A (identified by SEQ ID NO: 2). To a solution of hOKT3 200 (2092 μL, 5 mg, 83 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added sortase A (95 μL, 950 μg, 456 μM in TBS pH 7.5+10% glycerol), GGG-PEG2-arylazide (171, 347 μL, 20 mM in MQ), CaCl2 (347 μL, 100 mM in MQ) and TBS pH 7.5 (591 μL). The reaction was incubated at 37° C. overnight. Mass spectral analysis showed one major product (observed mass 27865 Da), corresponding to hOKT3-PEG2-arylazide PF03. The reaction was purified on a His-trap excel 1 ml column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare). The column was equilibrated with buffer A (20 mM Tris, 200 mM NaCl, 20 mM Imidazole, pH 7.5) and the sample was loaded with 1 mL/min. The flowthrough purified on a Superdex75 10/300 GL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare) using PBS pH 7.4 as mobile phase.
To a solution containing protein PF31 (1151 μL, 93 μM in TBS pH 7.5) was added TBS pH 7.5 (512 5 μL), CaCl2 (214 μL, 100 mM) and GGG-PEG11-tetrazine (169, 220 μL, 20 mM in MQ) and Sortase A (50 μL, 533 μM in TBS pH 7.5). The reaction was incubated at 37° C. overnight followed by purification on a His-trap excel 1 mL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Explorer-100 (GE Healthcare). The column was equilibrated with buffer A (20 mM Tris, 200 mM NaCl, 20 mM Imidazole, pH 7.5) and the sample was loaded with 1 m/min. The flowthrough was collected and mass spectral analysis showed one major product (Observed mass 27989 Da) corresponding to 4-1BB-tetrazine PF08.
A bioconjugate according to the invention was prepared by C-terminal sortagging with sortase A (identified by SEQ ID NO: 2). To a solution of anti-4-1BB-PF31 (665 μL, 2 mg, 107 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added sortase A (100 μL, 1 mg, 357 μM in TBS pH 7.5+10% glycerol), GGG-PEG2-arylazide (171, 140 μL, 20 mM in MQ), CaCl2 (140 μL, 100 mM in MQ) and TBS pH 7.5 (355 μL). The reaction was incubated at 37° C. overnight followed by purification on a His-trap excel 1 ml column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Explorer-100 (GE Healthcare). The column was equilibrated with buffer A (20 mM Tris, 200 mM NaCl, 20 mM Imidazole, pH 7.5) and the sample was loaded with 1 m/min. The flowthrough was collected and mass spectral analysis showed one major product (observed mass 27592 Da) corresponding to anti-4-1BB-azide PF09.
To a solution containing protein 208 (2000 μL, 140 μM in TBS pH 7.5) was added TBS pH 7.5 (2686 μL), CaCl2 (559 μL, 100 mM) and 175 (83 μL, 50 mM in DMSO) and Sortase A (260 μL, 537 μM in TBS pH 7.5) and incubated 3 hours at 37° C. (shielded from light). After incubation, Sortase A was removed from the solution using Ni-NTA beads (500 μL Beads=1 mL slurry). The solution was incubated ON at 4C with Ni-NTA beads on a roller bank, whereafter the solution was centrifuged (5 min, 7.000×g). The supernatant, which contained the product PF13, was collected by separation of the supernatant from the pellet. The reaction mixture was loaded on to a Superdex 75 10/300 GL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare) using PBS pH 7.4 as mobile phase and a flow of 0.5 m/min. Mass spectrometry analysis showed a weight of 24193 Da (expected mass: 24193 Da) corresponding to PF13.
Prior to labeling of PF26, the N-terminal Serine was oxidated using Sodium periodate. To a solution containing protein PF26 (700 μL, 70 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added PBS pH 7.4 (286 μL), NalO4 (0.98 μL, 100 mM in MQ) and L-methionine (5 μL, 100 mM in MQ) and incubated 5 minutes at 4° C. Mass spectrometry analysis showed a weight of 24114 & 24130 Da corresponding to the expected masses of 24114 (aldehyde) and 24132 Da (hydrate). Using a PD-10 desalting column the excess NalO4 and L-methionine were removed. The oxidated PF26 was concentrated to a concentration of 50 μM using Amicon spin filter 0.5, MWCO 10 kDa (Merck-Millipore). To a solution containing oxidized PF26 (416 μL, 50 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added, XL13 (41.6 μL, 50 mM in DMSO). After ON incubation at 37° C. the reaction mixture was purified using PD-10 desalting columns packed with Sephadex G-25 resin (Cytiva) and eluted using PBS. Mass spectrometry analysis showed a weight of 25024 Da (expected mass: 25042 Da) corresponding to PF14.
To IL15Rα-IL15 PF26 (2.9 mg, 50 μM in PBS) was added 2 eq NalO4 (4.8 μL of 50 mM stock in PBS) and 10 eq L-Methionine (12.5 μL of 100 mM stock in PBS). The reaction was incubated for 5 minutes at 4° C. Mass spectral analysis showed oxidation of the serine into the corresponding aldehyde and hydrate (observed masses 24114 Da and 24132 Da). The reaction mixture was purified using PD-10 desalting columns packed with Sephadex G-25 resin (Cytiva) and eluted using PBS. To the elute (2.6 mg, 50 μM in PBS) was added 160 eq N-methylhydroxylamine.HCl (340 μL of 50 mM stock in PBS) and 160 eq p-Anisidine (340 μL of 50 mM stock in PBS). The reaction mixture was incubated for 3 hours at 25° C. Mass spectral analysis showed one single peak (observed mass 24143 Da) corresponding to N-methyl-imine-oxide-IL15. The reaction mixture was purified using PD-10 desalting columns packed with Sephadex G-25 resin (Cytiva) and eluted using PBS. To the elute (2.47 mg, 50 μM in PBS) was added 25 eq Bis-BCN-PEG11 (105) (51 μL, 50 mM in DMSO) and 150 μL DMF. The reaction was incubated overnight at room temperature. The reaction was purified using a Superdex75 10/300 column (Cytiva). Mass spectral analysis showed one major peak corresponding to BCN-IL15Rα-IL15 PF15 (observed mass 25041 Da).
To IL15 PF18 (5 mg, 50 μM in 0.1 M TEA buffer pH 8.0) imidazole-1-sulfonylazide hydrochloride (708 μL, 50 mM in 50 mM NaOH) was added and incubated overnight at 37° C. The reaction was purified using a HiPrep™ 26/10 Desalting column (Cytiva). Mass spectral analysis showed one main peak (observed mass 14147 Da) corresponding to azido-IL15 PF19.
To SYR-(G4S)3-IL15 (PF18) (1052 μL, 50 μM in PBS) was added 20 eq. Tetrazine-PEG12-2PCA (XL10) (112 μL of 50 mM stock in DMSO) and 4359 μL PBS. The reaction was incubated overnight at 37° C. Using spinfiltration (Amicon Ultra-0.5, Ultracel-10 Membrane, Millipore) the sample was concentrated <1 mL and loaded on to a Superdex 75 10/300 GL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare) using PBS pH 7.4 as mobile phase and a flow of 0.5 mL/min. Mass spectral analysis showed a weight of 24121 Da corresponding to the start material SYR-(G4S)3-IL15 (PF18) (Expected mass: 14121 Da) and the a mass of 15093 Da corresponding to the product PF21 (Expected mass: 15094 Da).
To a solution of hOKT3-PEG2-arylazide PF03 (87 μL, 1 mg, 411 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added PBS pH 7.4 (559 μL), DMF (49 μL) and compound 150 (22 μL, 40 mM solution in DMF, 25 equiv.). The reaction was incubated overnight at RT. Mass spectral analysis showed one major product (observed mass 29171 Da), corresponding to bis-BCN-hOKT3 PF22. The reaction was purified on a Superdex75 10/300 GL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare) using PBS pH 7.4 as mobile phase.
A bioconjugate according to the invention was prepared by C-terminal sortagging with sortase A (identified by SEQ ID NO: 2). To a solution of hOKT3 200 (272 μL, 0.7 mg, 83 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added sortase A (25 μL, 250 μg, 456 μM in TBS pH 7.5+10% glycerol), GGG-bis-BCN (176, 45 μL, 20 mM in DMSO), CaCl2 (45 μL, 100 mM in MQ) and TBS pH 7.5 (64 μL). The reaction was incubated at 37° C. overnight. Mass spectral analysis showed one major product (observed mass 28772 Da), corresponding to bis-BCN-hOKT3 PF23. The reaction was purified on a Superdex75 10/300 GL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare) using PBS pH 7.4 as mobile phase.
To SYR-(G4S)3-IL15Rα-IL15 PF26 (2560 μL, 50 μM in PBS) was added 2 eq NalO4 (5.12 μL of 50 mM stock in PBS) and 10 eq L-methionine (12.8 μL of 100 mM stock in PBS). The reaction was incubated for 5 minutes at 4° C. Mass spectral analysis showed oxidation of the serine into the corresponding aldehyde and hydrate (observed masses 24114 Da and 24132 Da). The reaction mixture was purified using PD-10 desalting columns packed with Sephadex G-25 resin (Cytiva) and eluted using PBS. To the concentrated elute (2450 μL, 50 μM in PBS) was added 160 eq N-methylhydroxylamine.HCl (196 μL of 100 mM stock in PBS) and 160 eq p-anisidine (196 μL of 100 mM stock in PBS). The reaction mixture was incubated for 3 hours at 25° C. Mass spectral analysis showed one single peak (observed mass 24143 Da) corresponding to N-methyl-imine-oxide-IL15Rα-IL15. The reaction mixture was purified using PD-10 desalting columns packed with Sephadex G-25 resin (Cytiva) and eluted using PBS. To the concentrated elute (1134 μL, 50 μM in PBS) was added 25 eq bis-Maleimide-PEG6-BCN (XL01) (28.5 μL, 50 mM in DMSO) and 86.5 μL DMF. The reaction was incubated o/n at RT. The reaction mixture was purified using PD-10 desalting columns packed with Sephadex G-25 resin (Cytiva) and eluted using PBS. Additional washing was performed using spinfiltration (Amicon Ultra-0.5, Ultracel-10 Membrane, Millipore), 6× with 400 μL PBS, to remove remaining Bis-Maleimide-PEG2-BCN (XL01). Mass spectral analysis showed the desired Bis-maleimide-BCN-SYR-(G4S)3-IL15Rα-IL15 (PF28) (observed mass 25145 Da, Expected mass 25144 Da).
To N3-IL15 PF19 (706 μL, 50 μM in PBS) was added 4 eq tri-BCN (150) (3.5 μL of 40 mM stock in DMF) and 67 μL DMF. The reaction was incubated o/n at RT. Mass spectral analysis confirmed the formation of bis-BCN-SYR-(G4S)3-IL15 PF29 (observed mass 15453 Da, expected mass 15453 Da). The reaction mixture was purified using PD-10 desalting columns packed with Sephadex G-25 resin (Cytiva) and eluted using PBS. Additional washing was performed using spin-filtration (Amicon Ultra-0.5, Ultracel-10 Membrane, Millipore), 6× with 400 μL PBS, to remove remaining tri-BCN (150).
Trastuzumab (5 mg, 22.7 mg/mL) was incubated with EndoSH, described in PCT/EP2017/052792 (1% w/w), for 1 hour at room temperature followed by the addition of β(1,4)-Gal-T1(Y289L), (2% w/w) and UDP-GalNAz, (15 eq compared to IgG) in 10 mM MnCl2 and TBS for 16 hours at 30° C. After addition of the components the final concentration of trastuzumab is 19.6 mg/ml. The functionalized IgG was purified using a protA column (5 mL, MabSelect Sure, Cytiva). After loading of the reaction mixture, the column was washed with TBS. The IgG was eluted with 0.1 M NaOAc pH 3.5 and neutralized with 2.5 M Tris-HCl pH 7.2. After three times dialysis to PBS the functionalized trastuzumab was concentrated to 17.2 mg/mL using a Vivaspin Turbo 4 ultrafiltration unit (Sartorius). Mass spectral analysis of a sample after IdeS treatment showed one major Fc/2 product (observed mass 24380 Da) corresponding to the expected product trast-v1b.
Trastuzumab (5 mg, 22.7 mg/mL) was incubated with β(1,4)-Gal-T1(Y289L), (2% w/w) and UDP-GalNAz, (20 eq compared to IgG) in 10 mM MnCl2 and TBS for 16 hours at 30° C. After addition of the components the final concentration of trastuzumab is 19 mg/ml. The functionalized IgG was three times dialysed to PBS and concentrated to 19.45 mg/mL using a Vivaspin Turbo 4 ultrafiltration unit (Sartorius). Mass spectral analysis of a sample after IdeS treatment showed two major Fc/2 products (observed mass 25718 Da, approximately 50% of total Fc/2) corresponding to G0F with 2× GalNAz and a minor product (observed mass 25636 Da, approximately 50% of total Fc/2) for G1F with 1× GalNAz.
Trastuzumab (5 mg, 22.7 mg/mL) was incubated with EndoSH, described in PCT/EP2017/052792 (1% w/w), for 1 hour followed by the addition TnGalNAcT (expressed in CHO), (10% w/w) and UDP-GalNProSSMe, (318, 40 eq compared to IgG) in 10 mM MnCl2 and TBS for 16 hours at 30° C. After addition of the components the final concentration of trastuzumab is 12.5 mg/ml. The functionalized IgG was purified using a protA column (5 mL, MabSelect Sure, Cytiva). After loading of the reaction mixture the column was washed with TBS. The IgG was eluted with 0.1 M NaOAc pH 3.5 and neutralized with 2.5 M Tris-HCl pH 7.2. After three times dialysis to PBS the functionalized trastuzumab was concentrated to 17.4 mg/mL using a Vivaspin Turbo 4 ultrafiltration unit (Sartorius). Mass spectral analysis of a sample after IdeS treatment showed one major Fc/2 product (observed mass 24430 Da) corresponding to the expected product (trast-v5a).
Trastuzumab (5 mg, 22.7 mg/mL) was incubated with EndoSH, described in PCT/EP2017/052792 (1% w/w), for 1 hour followed by the addition of β(1,4)-Gal-T1(Y289L), (10% w/w) and UDP-GalNAc-Lev (11 g, x=1) prepared according example 9-17 in WO2014/065661A1), (75 eq compared to IgG) in 10 mM MnCl2 and TBS for 16 hours at 30° C. After addition of the components the final concentration of trastuzumab is 14.4 mg/ml. The functionalized IgG was purified using a protA column (5 mL, MabSelect Sure, Cytiva). After loading of the reaction mixture, the column was washed with TBS. The IgG was eluted with 0.1 M NaOAc pH 3.5 and neutralized with 2.5 M Tris-HCl pH 7.2. After three times dialysis to PBS the functionalized trastuzumab was concentrated to 10.6 mg/mL using a Vivaspin Turbo 4 ultrafiltration unit (Sartorius). Mass spectral analysis of a sample after IdeS treatment showed one major Fc/2 product (observed mass 24393 Da) corresponding to the expected product (trast-v8).
Trastuzumab (5 mg, 22.7 mg/mL) was incubated with EndoSH, described in PCT/EP2017/052792 (1% w/w), for 1 hour followed by the addition of β(1,4)-Gal-T1(Y289L), (2% w/w) and UDP-GalNAc-Alkyne, (11f, x=1) prepared according example 9-16 in WO2014/065661A1), (15 eq compared to IgG) in 10 mM MnCl2 and TBS for 16 hours at 30° C. After addition of the components the final concentration of trastuzumab is 19.6 mg/ml. The functionalized IgG was purified using a protA column (5 mL, MabSelect Sure, Cytiva). After loading of the reaction mixture the column was washed with TBS. The IgG was eluted with 0.1 M NaOAc pH 3.5 and neutralized with 2.5 M Tris-HCl pH 7.2. After three times dialysis to PBS the functionalized trastuzumab was concentrated to 12.1 mg/mL using a Vivaspin Turbo 4 ultrafiltration unit (Sartorius). Mass spectral analysis of a sample after IdeS treatment showed one major Fc/2 product (observed mass 24379 Da) corresponding to the expected product trast-v9.
A bioconjugate according to the invention was prepared by conjugation of BCN-modified hOKT3 201 to azide-modified trastuzumab 205. To a solution of trastuzumab-(6-N3-GalNAc)2 prepared according to WO2016170186 (205, 2 μL, 75 μg, 250 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added hOKT3-PEG2-BCN 201 (9.9 μL, 28 μg, 101 μM in PBS pH 7.4). The reaction was incubated at rt overnight. Mass spectral analysis of the Fabricator™-digested sample showed two major products (observed masses 24368 Da and 52196 Da, each approximately 50%), corresponding to the azido-modified Fc/2-fragment and conjugate 206, respectively.
The IL15Rα-IL15 fusion protein 207 was designed with an N-terminal His-tag (HHHHHH), TEV protease recognition sequence (SSGENLYFQ) and an N-terminal sortase A recognition sequence (GGG). A pET32A-vector containing a DNA sequence encoding His6-SSGENLYFQ-GGG-IL15Rα-IL15 (SEQ ID NO: 3) between base pairs 158 and 692, thereby removing the thioredoxin coding sequence, was obtained from Genscript.
Expression of His6-SSGENLYFQ-GGG-IL15Rα-IL15 207 starts with the transformation of the plasmid (pET32a-IL15Rα-IL15) into BL21 cells (Novagen). Next step was the inoculation of 500 mL culture (LB medium+ampicillin) with BL21 cells. When OD600 reached 0.7, cultures were induced with 1 mM IPTG (500 μL of 1M stock solution). After 4 hour induction at 37° C., the culture was pelleted by centrifugation. The cell pellet gained from 500 mL culture was lysed in 25 mL BugBuster™ with 625 units of benzonase and incubated on roller bank for 20 min at room temperature. After lysis the insoluble fraction was separated from the soluble fraction by centrifugation (20 minutes, 12000×g, 4° C.). The insoluble fraction was dissolved in 25 mL BugBuster™ with lysozyme (final concentration: 200 μg/mL) and incubated on the roller bank for 5 min. Next the solution was diluted with 6 volumes of 1:10 diluted BugBuster™ and centrifuged 15 min, 9000×g at 4° C. The pellet was resuspended in 250 mL of 1:10 diluted BugBuster™ by using the homogenizer and centrifuged at 15 min, 9000×g at 4° C. The last step was repeated 3 times.
The purified inclusion bodies containing His6-SSGENLYFQ-GGG-IL15Rα-IL15 207, were sulfonated o/n at 4° C. in 25 mL denaturing buffer (5 M guanidine, 0.3 M sodium sulphite) and 2.5 mL 50 mM disodium 2-nitro-5-sulfobenzonate. The solution was diluted with 10 volumes of cold Milli-Q and centrifuged (10 min at 8000×g). The pellet was solved in 125 mL cold Milli-Q using a homogenizer and centrifuged (10 min at 80000×g). The last step was repeated 3 times. The purified His6-SSGENLYFQ-GGG-IL15Rα-IL15 207 was denatured in 5 M guanidine and diluted to a concentration of 1 mg/mL of protein. Using a syringe with a diameter of 0.8 mm, the denatured protein was added dropwise to 10 volumes refolding buffer (50 mM Tris, 10.53 mM NaCl, 0.44 mM KCl, 2.2 mM MgCl2, 2.2 mM CaCl2, 0.055% PEG-4000, 0.55 M L-arginine, 8 mM cysteamine, 4 mM cystamine, at pH 8.0) on ice and was incubate 48 hours at 4° C. (stirring not required). The refolded His6-SSGENLYFQ-GGG-IL15Rα-IL15 207 was loaded on a 20 mL HisTrap excel column (GE health care) on an AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare). The column was first washed with buffer A (5 mM Tris buffer, 20 mM imidazole, 500 mM NaCl, pH 7.5). Retained protein was eluted with buffer B (20 mM Tris buffer, 500 mM imidazole, 500 mM NaCl, pH 7.5) on a gradient of 25 mL from buffer A to buffer B. Fractions were analysed by SDS-PAGE on polyacrylamide gels (16%). The fractions that contained purified target protein were combined and the buffer was exchanged against TBS (20 mM Tris pH 7.5 and 150 mM NaCl2) by dialysis performed overnight at 4° C. The purified protein was concentrated to at least 2 mg/mL using Amicon Ultra-0.5, MWCO 3 kDa (Merck-Millipore). Mass spectral analysis showed a weight of 25044 Da (expected: 25044 Da). The product was stored at −80° C. prior to further use.
To a solution of His6-SSGENLYFQ-GGG-IL15Rα-IL15 (207, 330 μL, 2.3 mg/mL in TBS pH 7.5), was added TEV protease (50.5 μL, 10 Units/μL in 50 mM Tris-HCl, 250 mM NaCl, 1 mM TCEP, 1 mM EDTA, 50% glycerol, pH 7.5, New England Biolabs). The reaction was incubated for 1 hour at 30° C. After TEV cleavage, the solution was purified using size exclusion chromatography. The reaction mixture was loaded on to a Superdex 75 10/300 GL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare) using TBS pH 7.5 as mobile phase and a flow of 0.5 mL/min. GGG-IL15Rα-IL15 208 was eluted at a retention time of 12 mL. The purified protein was concentrated to at least 2 mg/mL using an Amicon Ultra-0.5, MWCO 3 kDa (Merck Millipore). The product was analysed with mass spectrometry (observed mass: 22965 Da, expected mass: 22964 Da), corresponding to GGG-IL15Rα-IL15 208. The product was stored at −80° C. prior to further use.
To a solution of GGG-IL15Rα-IL15 (208, 219 μL, 91.4 μM in TBS pH 7.5) was added TBS pH 7.5 (321 μL), CaCl2 (40.0 μL, 100 mM) and BCN-PEG12-LPETGG (168, 120 μL, 5 mM in DMSO) and incubated 1 hour at 37° C. After incorporation of 168 was complete, sortase A was removed from the solution using the same volume of Ni-NTA beads as reaction volume (800 μL). The solution was incubated for 1 hour in a spinning wheel/or table shaker, afterwards the solution was centrifuged (2 min, 13000 rpm) and the supernatant was discarded. BCN-PEG12-IL15Rα-IL15 (209) was collected from the beads by incubating the beads 5 min with 800 μL washing buffer (40 mM imidazole, 20 mM Tris, 0.5M NaCl) in a table shaker at 800 rpm. The beads were centrifuged (2 min, 13000× rpm), the supernatant containing 209 was separated and the buffer was exchanged to TBS by dialysis o/n at 4° C. Finally, the solution was concentrated to 0.5-1 mg/mL using Amicon spin filter 0.5, MWCO 3 kDa (Merck-Millipore). Mass spectrometry analysis showed a weight of 24155 Da (expected mass: 24152) corresponding to BCN-PEG12-IL15Rα-IL15 (209).
A bioconjugate according to the invention was prepared by conjugation of 209 to azide-modified trastuzumab (205, trastuzumab(6-N3-GalNAc)2, prepared according to WO102016170186) in a 2:1 molar ratio. Thus, to a solution of BCN-PEG12-IL15Rα-IL15 (209, 20 μL, 20 μM in TBS pH 7.4) was added trastuzumab(6-N3-GalNAc)2 (205, 1.2 μL, 82 μM in PBS pH 7.4) and incubated o/n at 37° C. Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS-digested sample showed a mass of 48526 Da (expected mass: 48518 Da) corresponding to the Fc/2-fragment of conjugate 210.
To a solution of trastuzumab-(6-azidoGalNAc)2 (7.5 μL, 150 μg, 17.56 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4; also referred to as trast-v1a), prepared according to WO2016170186, was added compound 105 (2.5 μL, 0.8 mM solution in DMF, 2 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for i day at RT followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck-Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (calculated mass 49625 Da, observed mass 49626 Da), corresponding to intramolecularly cross-linked trastuzumab derivative 211. HPLC-SEC showed <4% aggregation, hence excluding intermolecular cross-linking.
To a solution of trastuzumab-(6-azido-GalNAc)2 (7.5 μL, 150 μg, 17.56 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added compound 107 (2.5 μL, 4 mM solution in DMF, 10 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for i day at RT followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck-Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed the product (calculated mass 50153 Da, observed mass 50158 Da), corresponding to intramoleculariy cross-linked trastuzumab derivative 212. HPLC-SEC showed <4% aggregation, hence excluding intermolecular cross-linking.
To a solution of trastuzumab-(6-azidoGalNAc)2 (7.5 μL, 150 μg, 17.56 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added compound 117 (2.5 μL, 0.8 mM solution in DMF, 2 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for i day at RT followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (calculated mass 49580 Da, observed mass 49626 Da), corresponding to intramolecularly cross-linked trastuzumab derivative 213. HPLC-SEC showed <4% aggregation, hence excluding intermolecular cross-linking.
To a solution of trastuzumab-(6-azidoGalNAc)2 (7.5 μL, 150 μg, 17.56 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added compound 118 (2.5 μL, 4 mM solution in DMF, 10 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for i day at RT followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed the product (calculated mass 49358 Da, observed mass 49361 Da), corresponding to intramoleculariy cross-linked trastuzumab derivative 214. HPLC-SEC showed <4% aggregation, hence excluding intermolecular cross-linking.
To a solution of trastuzumab-(6-azidoGalNAc)2 (7.5 μL, 150 μg, 17.56 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added compound 124 (2.5 μL, 4 mM solution in DMF, 10 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for i day at RT followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed the product (calculated mass 49406 Da, observed mass 49409 Da), corresponding to intramoleculariy cross-linked trastuzumab derivative 215. HPLC-SEC showed <4% aggregation, hence excluding intermolecular cross-linking.
To a solution of trastuzumab-(6-azidoGalNAc)2 (7.5 μL, 150 μg, 17.56 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added compound 125 (2.5 μL, 0.8 mM solution in DMF, 2 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for i day at RT followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (calculated mass 49184 Da, observed mass 49184 Da), corresponding to intramolecularly cross-linked trastuzumab derivative 216. HPLC-SEC showed 35<4% aggregation, hence excluding intermolecular cross-linking.
To a solution of trastuzumab-(6-azidoGalNAc)2 (320 μL, 2 mg, 5.56 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added compound 145 (80 μL, 1.66 mM solution in DMF, 10 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for i day at RT followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (calculated mass 49796 Da, observed mass 49807 Da), corresponding to intramolecularly cross-linked trastuzumab derivative 217. HPLC-SEC showed <4% aggregation, hence excluding intermolecular cross-linking.
To a solution of trastuzumab-(6-azidoGalNAc)2 (37.5 μL, 250 μg, 6.67 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added compound 137 (12.5 μL, 0.67 mM solution in DMF, 5 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for i day at RT followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (calculated mass 50484 Da, observed mass 50474 Da), corresponding to the conjugated ADC 218 obtained via intramolecular cross-linking. HPLC-SEC showed <4% aggregation, hence excluding intermolecular cross-linking. RP-HPLC showed the Fc/2 (tr 6.099), Fc-toxin (tr 8.275, corresponding to 82.4% of total Fc/2 fragments) and Fab (tr 9.320) fragments.
To a solution of trastuzumab-(6-azidoGalNAc)2 (37.5 μL, 250 μg, 6.67 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added compound 131 (12.5 μL, 0.67 mM solution in DMF, 5 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for i day at RT followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (calculated mass 50638 Da, observed mass 50649 Da), corresponding to the ADC 219 obtained via intramolecular cross-linking. HPLC-SEC showed <4% aggregation, hence excluding intermolecular cross-linking. RP-HPLC showed the Fc/2 (tr 6.082), Fc-toxin (tr 9.327, corresponding to 76.7% of total Fc/2 fragments) and Fab (tr 9.347) fragments.
To a solution of trastuzumab-(6-azidoGalNAc)2 (37.5 μL, 250 μg, 6.67 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added compound 139 (12.5 μL, 0.67 mM solution in DMF, 5 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for i day at RT followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (calculated mass 50392 Da, observed mass 50402 Da), corresponding to the ADC 220 obtained via intramolecular cross-linking. HPLC-SEC showed <4% aggregation, hence excluding intermolecular cross-linking. RP-HPLC showed the Fc/2 (tr 6.062), Fc-toxin (tr 8.548, corresponding to 89.5% of total Fc/2 fragments) and Fab (tr 9.295) fragments.
To a solution of 217 (8 μL, 141 μg, 17.7 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added hOKT3-PEG4-tetrazine (204, 13.15 μL, 280 μg, 21.45 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4, 2 equiv. compared to IgG). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS-digested sample showed one major product (calculated mass 77664 Da, observed mass 77647 Da), corresponding to the conjugated Fc-PEG4-hOKT3 (221).
To a solution of bis-azido-rituximab rit-via (494 μL, 30 mg, 60.7 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4), prepared according to WO2016170186, was added PBS pH 7.4 (2506 μL), propylene glycol (2980 μL) and trivalent linker 145 (20 μL, 40 mM solution in DMF, 4.0 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at rt followed by purification on a Superdex200 10/300 GL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare) using PBS pH 7.4 as mobile phase. Reducing SDS-PAGE showed one major HC product, corresponding to the crosslinked heavy chain (See
To a solution of bis-azido-B12 B12-v1a (415 μL, 4 mg, 9.6 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4), prepared according to WO02016170186, was added propylene glycol (412 μL) and trivalent linker 145 (2.7 μL, 40 mM solution in DMF, 4.0 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at rt followed by purification on a Superdex200 10/300 GL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare) using PBS pH 7.4 as mobile phase. RP-HPLC analysis of an IdeS-digested sample shows formation of B12-v1a-145. (See
Trastuzumab-GalNProSSMe (trast-v5a) (1.2 mg, 10 mg/mL in PBS+10 mM EDTA, trast-v5a) was incubated with TCEP (7.8 μL, 10 mM in MQ) for 2 hours at 37° C. The reduced antibody was spinfiltered with PBS+10 mM EDTA using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore) and diluted to 100 μL. Subsequent DHA (6.5 μL, 10 mM in MQ:DMSO (9:1)) was added and the reaction was incubated for 3 hours at room temperature. To a part of the reaction mixture (82 μL, 0.8 mg) was added bis-maleimide-BCN XL01 (8 μL, 2 mM in DMF) followed by incubation for 1 hour at room temperature. The conjugate was spinfiltered to PBS using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). RP-HPLC analysis of DTT treated sample showed the conversion into the conjugate trast-v5b-XL01 (see
Trastuzumab GalNProSSMe (1.5 mg, 10 mg/mL in PBS+10 mM EDTA, trast-v5a) was incubated with TCEP (9.3 μL, 10 mM in MQ) for 2 hours at 37° C. The reduced antibody was spinfiltered with PBS+10 mM EDTA using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore) and diluted to 150 μL. Subsequent DHA (9.3 μL, 10 mM in DMSO) was added and the reaction was incubated for 3 hours at room temperature. To a portion of the reaction (100 μL, 1 mg antibody) was added bis-maleimide azide XL02 (10 μL, 4 mM in DMF) followed by incubation for 1 hour at room temperature. The conjugate was spinfiltered to PBS using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore) and subsequent analyzed on RP-HPLC and SDS-page gel (see
Trast-v8 was spin-filtered to 0.1 M Sodium Citrate pH 4.5 using a Vivaspin Turbo 4 ultrafiltration unit (Sartorius) and concentrated to 16.45 mg/mL. Trast-v8 (1 mg, 8.1 mg/mL in 0.1 M Sodium Citrate pH 4.5) was incubated with bis-hydroxylamine-BCN XL06 (50 μL, 200 eq in DMF) and p-anisidine (26.7 μL, 200 eq in 0.1 M Sodium Citrate pH 4.5) overnight at room temperature. SDS-page gel analysis showed the formation of trast-v8-XL06 (see
To a solution of bis-azido-trastuzumab trast-v1a (36 μL, 2 mg, 56.1 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4), according to WO2016170186, was added PBS pH 7.4 (164 μL), propylene glycol (195 μL) and bis-BCN-TCO XL11 (5.3 μL, 10 mM solution in DMF, 4.0 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at rt followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Reducing SDS-PAGE showed two major HC products, corresponding to the nonconjugated heavy chain and the crosslinked heavy chain (See
To a solution of bis-azido-rituximab rit-v1a (37 μL, 2 mg, 54.5 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added PBS pH 7.4 (163 μL), propylene glycol (195 μL) and bis-BCN-TCO XL11 (5.3 μL, 10 mM solution in DMF, 4.0 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at rt followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Reducing SDS-PAGE showed two major HC products, corresponding to the nonconjugated heavy chain and the crosslinked heavy chain (See
To a solution of trast-v1b (15 μL, 150 μg, 10 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added bis-BCN-MMAE (137, 15 μL, 0.13 mM solution in PG, 2 eq compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for 16 hours at room temperature followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (observed mass 50498 Da), corresponding to the conjugated ADC trast-v1b-137 obtained via intramolecular cross-linking.
To a solution of trast-v1a (1.5 mL, 5 mg, 6.7 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added bis-BCN-MMAE (LD01, 0.5 mL, 0.53 mM solution in DMF, 4 eq compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for 16 hours at room temperature followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (observed mass 50627 Da), corresponding to the conjugated ADC trast-v1a-LD01 obtained via intramolecular cross-linking.
To a solution of trast-v1a (22.5 μL, 150 μg, 6.7 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added bis-BCN-MMAE (LD02, 7.5 μL, 0.53 mM solution in DMF, 4 eq compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for 16 hours at room temperature followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (observed mass 50891 Da), corresponding to the conjugated ADC trast-v1a-LD02 obtained via intramolecular cross-linking.
To a solution of trast-v1b (22.5 μL, 150 μg, 6.7 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added bis-BCN-MMAE (LD03, 7.5 μL, 0.27 mM solution in DMF, 2 eq compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for 16 hours at room temperature followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (observed mass 50832 Da), corresponding to the conjugated trast-v1b-LD03 obtained via intramolecular cross-linking.
To a solution of trast-v2 (22.5 μL, 150 μg, 6.7 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added bis-BCN-MMAE (LD03, 7.5 μL, 1.3 mM solution in DMF, 10 eq compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for 16 hours at room temperature followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (observed mass 53348 Da), corresponding to the conjugated ADC trast-v2-LD03 obtained via intramolecular cross-linking.
To a solution of trast-v1a (1.5 ml, 5 mg, 6.7 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added bis-BCN-MMAE (LD03, 0.5 ml, 0.53 mM solution in DMF, 4 eq compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for 16 hours at room temperature followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (observed mass 50803 Da), corresponding to the conjugated ADC trast-v1a-LD03 obtained via intramolecular cross-linking.
To a solution of trast-v1a (22.5 μL, 150 μg, 6.7 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added bis-BCN-PBD (LD04, 7.5 μL, 0.53 mM solution in DMF, 4 eq compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for 16 hours at room temperature followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (observed mass 50598 Da), corresponding to the conjugated ADC trast-v1a-LD04 obtained via intramolecular cross-linking.
To a solution of trast-v1a (15 μL, 150 μg, 10 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added bis-BCN-Cal (LD05, 15 μL, 0.67 mM solution in PG, 10 eq compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for 16 hours at room temperature followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (observed mass 51617 Da), corresponding to the conjugated ADC trast-v1a-LD05 obtained via intramolecular cross-linking.
To a solution of trast-v1a (1.44 ml, 12 mg, 8.3 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added bis-BCN-PNU (LD06, 0.96 ml, 0.25 mM solution in PG, 3 eq compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for 16 hours at room temperature followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (observed mass 50835 Da), corresponding to the conjugated ADC trast-v1a-LD06 obtained via intramolecular cross-linking.
To a solution of trast-v1a (15 μL, 150 μg, 10 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added bis-BCN-MMAE (LD07, 15 μL, 0.27 mM solution in PG, 3 eq compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for 16 hours at room temperature followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (observed mass 50940 Da), corresponding to the conjugated ADC trast-v1a-LD07 obtained via intramolecular cross-linking.
To a solution of trast-v1a (15 μL, 150 μg, 10 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added bis-BCN-MMAE (LD08, 15 μL, 0.13 mM solution in PG, 2 eq compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for 16 hours at room temperature followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (observed mass 51001 Da), corresponding to the conjugated ADC trast-v1a-LD08 obtained via intramolecular cross-linking.
Trastuzumab-GalNProSSMe (trast-v5a) (1.2 mg, 10 mg/mL in PBS+10 mM EDTA, trast-v5a) was incubated with TCEP (7.8 μL, 10 mM in MQ) for 2 hours at 37° C. The reduced antibody was spinfiltered with PBS+10 mM EDTA using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore) and diluted to 120 μL. Subsequent DHA (7.8 μL, 10 mM in MQ:DMSO (9:1)) was added and the reaction was incubated for 3 hours at room temperature. To a part of the reaction mixture (0.1 mg, 10 μL) bis-maleimide-MMAE LD09 (2 μL, 2 mM in DMF) was added followed by incubation for 2 hours at room temperature. The conjugate was spinfiltered to PBS using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). RP-HPLC analysis of DTT treated sample showed the formation of the conjugate trast-v5b-LD09 in 65% (see
A solution was prepared with trast-v9 (0.2 mg, 16.5 μL 12.1 mg/mL), PBS (11 μL), bis-azido-MMAF (LD10, 5.3 μL 1 mM in DMF) and DMF (2.6 μL). In a separate vail a premix was prepared containing copper sulfate (71 μL, 15 mM), THTPA ligand (13 μL, 160 mM) amino guanidine (53 μL, 100 mM) and sodium ascorbate (40 μL, 400 mM). The premix was capped, vortexed and allowed to stand for 10 min. The premix (4.2 μL) was added to the antibody solution and the reaction was incubated for 2 hours followed by the addition of PBS+1 mM EDTA (300 μL). The diluted solution was spinfiltered with PBS using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 ml MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of a sample after IdeS treatment showed one major Fc/2 product (observed mass 50413 Da) corresponding to the expected product trast-v9-LD10. Analysis on SDS-page gel confirmed this conclusion.
Trast-v5b-XL02 (0.1 mg, 10 mg/mL in PBS) was incubated with BCN-MMAE LD11 (1.3 μL, 5 mM in DMF) overnight at room temperature. RP-HPLC analysis showed the formation of trast-v5b-XL02-LD11 and SDS-page gel analysis confirmed this conclusion.
Trast-v5b-XL01 (0.1 mg, 10 mg/mL in PBS) was incubated with azido-MMAF LD12 (1.3 μL, 5 mM in DMF) overnight at room temperature. RP-HPLC analysis showed the formation of trast-v5b-XL01-LD12 in 45% (see
To a solution of trast-v8-XL06 (8.9 μL, 150 μg, 16.85 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added azido-MMAF (LD12, 1.57 μL, 25.5 mM solution in DMF, 40 eq compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for 16 hours at room temperature followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (observed mass 51244 Da), corresponding to the conjugated ADC trast-v8-XL06-LD12 obtained via intramolecular cross-linking.
To a solution of trast-v1a (22.5 μL, 150 μg, 6.7 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added bis-BCN-MMAE (LD13, 7.5 μL, 1.33 mM solution in DMF, 10 eq compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for 16 hours at room temperature followed by buffer exchange to PBS pH 7.4 using centrifugal filters (Amicon Ultra-0.5 mL MWCO 10 kDa, Merck Millipore). Mass spectral analysis of the IdeS digested sample showed one major product (observed mass 50807 Da), corresponding to the conjugated ADC trast-v1a-LD13 obtained via intramolecular cross-linking.
Trast-v5b-XL02 (0.1 mg, 10 mg/mL in PBS) was incubated with BCN-IL15Rα-IL15 PF15 (12.4 μL, 6.7 mg/mL, 3 eq. BCN-labelled IL15Rα-IL15 compared to IgG) overnight at room temperature. RP-HPLC analysis showed the formation of trast-v5b-XL02-PF15 (see
Trast-v5b-XL01 (0.1 mg, 12.9 mg/mL in PBS) was incubated with azido-IL15 PF19 (5.6 μL, 7.2 mg/mL) overnight at room temperature. Analysis on SDS-page gel showed the formation of the expected product trast-v5b-XL01-PF19 (see
Trast-v5b-XL01 (0.1 mg, 12.9 mg/mL in PBS) was incubated with hOKT3-tetrazine PF02 (8.6 μL, 7.7 mg/mL) overnight at room temperature. Analysis on SDS-page gel showed the formation of the expected product trast-v5b-XL01-PF02 (see
Trast-v5b-XL01 (0.1 mg, 12.9 mg/mL in PBS) was incubated with anti-4-1BB-azide PF09 (9.9 μL, 6.2 mg/mL) overnight at room temperature. Analysis on SDS-page gel showed the formation of the expected product trast-v5b-XL01-PF09 (see
To a solution of trast-v8-XL06 (4.45 μL, 75 μg, 16.85 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added hOkt3-tetrazine PF02 (8.90 μL, 6.2 mg/mL in PBS, 4 eq compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for 16 hours at room temperature. Analysis on SDS-page gel showed the formation of the expected product trast-v8-XL06-PF02 (see
To a solution of trast-v1-XL06 (4.45 μL, 75 μg, 16.85 mg/mL in PBS pH 7.4) was added anti-4-1BB-zide PF09 (7.49 μL, 7.7 mg/mL in PBS, 4 eq compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated for 16 hours at room temperature. Analysis on SDS-page gel showed the formation of the expected product trast-v8-XL06-PF09 (see
To a solution of rit-v1a-145 (287 μL, 6.6 mg, 154 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added hOKT3-PEG4-tetrazine 204 (247 μL, 1.9 mg, 269 μM in PBS pH 6.5, 1.5 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at rt followed by purification on a Superdex200 10/300 GL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare) using PBS pH 7.4 as mobile phase. Non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis showed one major product consisting of an antibody conjugated to a single hOKT3 (See
To a solution of rit-v1a-145 (247 μL, 6.3 mg, 171 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added hOKT3-PEG11-tetrazine PF01 (304 μL, 2.0 mg, 230 μM in PBS pH 6.5, 1.7 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at rt followed by purification on a Superdex200 10/300 GL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare) using PBS pH 7.4 as mobile phase. Non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis showed one major product consisting of an antibody conjugated to a single hOKT3 (See
To a solution of B12-v1a-145 (38 μL, 1.0 mg, 178 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added hOKT3-PEG11-tetrazine PF01 (44 μL, 0.3 mg, 230 μM in PBS pH 6.5, 1.5 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at rt followed by purification on a Superdex200 10/300 GL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare) using PBS pH 7.4 as mobile phase. Non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis showed one major product consisting of an antibody conjugated to a single hOKT3 (see
To a solution of TCO-trastuzumab trast-v1a-XL11 (5.7 μL, 100 μg, 117 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added hOKT3-PEG4-tetrazine 204 (5 μL, 38 μg, 269 μM in PBS pH 6.5, 2.0 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at rt. Non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis showed two major products corresponding to the non-conjugated antibody and the antibody conjugated to a single hOKT3 (See
To a solution of TCO-rituximab rit-v1a-XL11 (56.3 μL, 100 μg, 106 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added hOKT3-PEG4-tetrazine 204 (5 μL, 38 μg, 269 μM in PBS pH 6.5, 2.0 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at rt. Non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis showed two major products corresponding to the non-conjugated antibody and the antibody conjugated to a single hOKT3 (See
To a solution of rit-v1a-145 (247 μL, 6.3 mg, 171 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added hOKT3-PEG23-tetrazine PF02 (262 μL, 2.0 mg, 267 μM in PBS pH 6.5, 1.7 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at rt followed by purification on a Superdex200 10/300 GL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare) using PBS pH 7.4 as mobile phase. Non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis showed one major product consisting of an antibody conjugated to a single hOKT3 (See
To a solution of trast-v1a-145 (2.9 μL, 150 μg, 347 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added hOKT3-PEG2-arylazide PF03 (4.9 μL, 56 μg, 411 μM in PBS pH 7.4, 2.0 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at rt. Mass spectral analysis of the reduced sample showed one major heavy chain product (observed mass 128388 Da), corresponding to trast-v1a-145-PF03.
To a solution of rit-v1a-145 (30 μL, 1.5 mg, 337 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added hOKT3-PEG2-arylazide PF03 (49 μL, 0.6 mg, 411 μM in PBS pH 7.4, 2.0 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at rt followed by purification on a Superdex200 10/300 GL column (GE Healthcare) on an AKTA Purifier-10 (GE Healthcare) using PBS pH 7.4 as mobile phase. Mass spectral analysis of the reduced sample showed one major heavy chain product (observed mass 128211 Da), corresponding to rit-v1a-145-PF03.
To a solution of trast-v1a (1.8 μL, 100 μg, 374 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added PBS pH 7.4 (4.5 μL) and bis-BCN-hOKT3 PF22 (13.7 μL, 78 μg, 194 μM in PBS pH 7.4, 4.0 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at rt. Non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis showed one major product consisting of an antibody conjugated to a single hOKT3 (See
To a solution of rit-via (1.8 μL, 100 μg, 363 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added PBS pH 7.4 (7.9 μL) and bis-BCN-hOKT3 PF22 (10.3 μL, 58 μg, 194 μM in PBS pH 7.4, 3.0 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at rt. Non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis showed one major product consisting of an antibody conjugated to a single hOKT3 (See
To a solution of trast-v1a (1.8 μL, 100 μg, 374 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added PBS pH 7.4 (9.9 μL) and bis-BCN-hOKT3 PF23 (8.4 μL, 58 μg, 239 μM in PBS pH 7.4, 3.0 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at 37° C. Non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis showed two major products consisting of non-conjugated trastuzumab and trastuzumab conjugated to bis-BCN-hOKT3 PF23 (See
To a solution of rit-via (1.8 μL, 100 μg, 363 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added PBS pH 7.4 (13.6 μL) and bis-BCN-hOKT3 PF23 (4.3 μL, 30 μg, 239 μM in PBS pH 7.4, 1.5 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at 37° C. Non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis showed two major products consisting of non-conjugated rituximab and rituximab conjugated once to bis-BCN-hOKT3 PF23 (See
To a solution of rit-v1a-145 (35 μL, 0.9 mg, 170 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added 4-1BB-PEG11-tetrazine PF08 (40 μL, 248 μg, 222 μM in PBS pH 7.4, 1.5 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at rt. Non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis showed one major product consisting of rituximab conjugated to 4-1BB-PEG23-BCN PF08 (See
To a solution of B12-v1a-145 (34 μL, 0.9 mg, 178 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added 4-1BB-PEG11-tetrazine PF08 (40 μL, 248 μg, 222 μM in PBS pH 7.4, 1.5 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at rt. Non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis showed one major product consisting of B12 conjugated to 4-1BB-PEG23-BCN PF08 (See
To a solution of trast-v1a-145 (1.9 μL, 100 μg, 347 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added 4-1BB-PEG2-arylazide PF09 (5.9 μL, 37 μg, 225 μM in PBS pH 7.4, 2.0 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at rt. Non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis showed one major product consisting of trastuzumab conjugated to a single 4-1BB-PEG2-arylazide PF09 (See
To a solution of rit-v1a-145 (2.0 μL, 100 μg, 337 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added 4-1BB-PEG2-arylazide PF09 (5.9 μL, 37 μg, 225 μM in PBS pH 7.4, 2.0 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at rt. Non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis showed one major product consisting of rituximab conjugated to a single 4-1BB-PEG2-arylazide PF09 (See
Trast-v1a-145 (75 μL, 1.575 mg, 21 mg/mL in PBS) was incubated with PF12 (80 μL, 2 eq., 6.5 mg/mL in PBS) for 16 h at 37° C. Analysis on non-reducing SDS-PAGE confirmed the formation of Trast-v1a-145-PF12 (see
Trast-v1a-145 (280 μL, 5.2 mg, 18.6 mg/mL in PBS) was incubated with PF13 (477 μL, 1.5 eq., 2.6 mg/mL in PBS) for 16 h at 37° C. Mass spectral analysis of a sample after IdeS treatment showed one major product of 73991 Da, corresponding to the crosslinked Fc-fragment conjugated to PF13 (expected mass: 73989 Da), thereby confirming formation of trast-v1a-145-PF13.
Rit-v1a-145 (0.5 μL, 0.025 mg, 50.6 mg/mL in PBS) was incubated with PF13 (6.6 μL, 4 eq., 2.6 mg/mL in PBS) for 16 h at RT. Mass spectral analysis of a sample after IdeS treatment showed one major product of 73927 Da, corresponding to the crosslinked Fc-fragment conjugated to PF13 (expected mass: 73925 Da), thereby confirming formation of rit-via-145-PF13.
Trast-v1a (1.78 μL, 0.099 mg, 56.1 mg/mL in PBS) was incubated with PF27 (18.4 μL, 4 eq., 7.62 mg/mL in PBS) and with 2.87 μL PBS for 16 h at 37° C. Mass spectral analysis of a sample after IdeS treatment showed one major product of 74193 Da, corresponding to the crosslinked Fc-fragment conjugated to PF27 (expected mass: 74178 Da), thereby confirming formation of trast-via-145-PF27.
Rit-via (1 μL, 0.055 mg, 54.6 mg/mL in PBS) was incubated with PF27 (8.9 μL, 4 eq., 6.2 mg/mL in PBS) and with 1.6 μL PBS for 16 h at 37° C. Mass spectral analysis of a sample after IdeS treatment showed one major product of 74118 Da, corresponding to the crosslinked Fc-fragment conjugated to PF27 (Expected mass: 74114 Da), thereby confirming formation of rit-v1a-145-PF27.
To a solution of trast-v1a-145 (29 μL, 1.5 mg, 347 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added azido-IL15Rα-IL15 PF17 (97 μL, 1.1 mg, 411 μM in PBS pH 7.4, 4.0 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at 37° C. Non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis showed one major product consisting of trastuzumab conjugated to a single azido-IL15Rα-IL15 PF17 (See
To a solution of rit-v1a-145 (3 μL, 150 μg, 337 μM in PBS pH 7.4) was added azido-IL15Rα-IL15 PF17 (9.7 μL, 111 μg, 411 μM in PBS pH 7.4, 4.0 equiv. compared to IgG). The reaction was incubated overnight at 37° C. Non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis showed one major product consisting of rituximab conjugated to a single azido-IL15Rα-IL15 PF17 (See
Trast-v1a-145 (4.0 μL, 0.075 mg, 18.6 mg/mL in PBS) was incubated with PF19 (4.6 μL, 5 eq., 7.7 mg/mL in PBS) for 16 h at RT. Mass spectral analysis of a sample after IdeS treatment showed one major product of 63941 Da, corresponding to the crosslinked Fa-fragment conjugated to PF19 (Expected mass: 63936 Da), thereby confirming formation of trast-v1a-145-PF19.
Rit-v1a-145 (2.0 μL, 0.112 mg, 50.6 mg/mL in PBS) was incubated with PF19 (5.1 μL, 4 eq., 7.7 mg/mL in PBS) for 16 h at RT. Mass spectral analysis of a sample after IdeS treatment showed one major product of 63882 Da, corresponding to the crosslinked Fa-fragment conjugated to PF19 (Expected mass: 63879 Da), thereby confirming formation of rit-v1a-145-PF19.
Trast-v1a (1 μL, 0.056 mg, 56.1 mg/mL in PBS) was incubated with PF29 (11 μL, 4 eq., 3.6 mg/mL in PBS) for 16 h at 37° C. Non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis showed two major products corresponding to non-conjugated trastuzumab and trastuzumab conjugated to a single bis-BCN-SYR-(G4S)3-IL15 PF29 (See
Rit-v1a (1 μL, 0.055 mg, 54.6 mg/mL in PBS) was incubated with PF29 (11 μL, 4 eq., 3.6 mg/mL in PBS) for 16 h at 37° C. Non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis showed two major products corresponding to non-conjugated rituximab and rituximab conjugated to a single bis-BCN-SYR-(G4S)3-IL15 PF29 (See
Trast-v1a (2 μL, 0.042 mg, 21 mg/mL in PBS) was incubated with PF21 (10 μL, 6.7 eq., 2.9 mg/mL in PBS) for 16 h at 37° C. Mass spectral analysis of a sample after IdeS treatment showed one major product of 64865 Da, corresponding to the crosslinked Fc-fragment conjugated to PF21 (expected mass: 64863 Da), thereby confirming formation of trast-v1a-145-PF21.
Specific binding to CD3 was assessed using Jurkat E6.1 cells, which express CD3 on the cell surface, and MOLT-4 cells, which do not express CD3 on the cell surface. Both cell lines were cultured in RPMI 1640 supplemented with 1% pen/strep and 10% fetal bovine serum at a concentration of 2×10s to 1×101 cells/mi. Cells were washed in fresh medium before the experiment and 100,000 cells per well were seeded in a 96-wells plate (duplicate wells). The dilution series of 6 antibodies were made in phosphate-buffered saline (PBS). The antibodies were diluted 10 times in the cell suspension and incubated at 4° C. in the dark for 30 minutes. After incubation, the cells were washed twice in cold PBS/0.5% BSA, and incubated with anti-HIS-PE (only for 200) or anti-IgG1-PE (for all other compounds) at 4° C., in the dark for 30 minutes. After the second incubation step, the cells were washed twice. 7AAD was added as a live-dead staining. Detection of the fluorescence in the Yellow-B channel (anti-IgG1-PE and anti-HIS-PE) and the Red-B channel (7AAD) was done with the Guava 5HT flow cytometer. Median fluorescence intensity in the Yellow-B channel (anti-IgG1-PE and anti-HIS-PE) in life cells was determined with Kaluza software. All bispecifics, but not the negative control rituximab, show concentration-dependent binding to the CD3 positive Jurkat E6.1 cell line (Table 1). In contrast, no binding was observed to the CD3 negative MOLT-4 cell line (Table 2).
Binding to the FcRn receptor was determined at pH 7.4 and pH 6.0 using a Biacore T200 (serial no. 1909913) using single-cycle kinetics and running Biacore T200 Evaluation Software V 2.0.1. A CM5 chip was coupled with FcRn in sodium acetate pH 5.5 using standard amine chemistry. Serial dilution of bispecifics and controls were measured in PBS pH 7.4 with 0.05% tween-20 (9 points; 2-fold dilution series; 8000 nM Top conc.) and in PBS pH 6.0 with 0.05% tween-20 (3 points; 2-fold dilution series; 4000 nM Top conc.). A flow rate of 30 μl/min was used and an association time of 40 seconds and dissociation time of 75 seconds. Steady state analysis was used to analyze samples. FcRn binding was observed for all bispecifics at pH 6.0, with no binding observed at pH 7.4 (Table 3)
Duplicate wells were plated with Raji-B cells (5e4 cells) and human PBMCs (5e5) (1:10 cell ratio) into 96 well plates. Serial dilution of bispecifics (1:10 dilution; 8 points; 10 nM Top conc.) were added to wells and incubated for 24 hours at 37° C. in tissue culture incubator. Samples were stained with CD19, CD20 antibodies and propidium iodide was added prior to acquisition of BD Fortessa Cell Analyzer. Live RajiB cells were quantitated based on PI−/CD19+/CD20+ staining via flow cytometry analysis. The percentage of live RajiB cells was calculated relative to untreated cells. Target-dependent cell killing was demonstrated both for bispecifics based on hOKT3 200 (
Duplicate wells were plated with Raji-B cells (5e4 cells) and human PBMCs (565) (1:10 cell ratio) into 96 well plates. Serial dilution of bispecifics (1:10 dilution; 8 points; 10 nM Top conc.) were added to wells and incubated for 24 hours at 37° C. in tissue culture incubator. Cytokine analysis was conducted on the supernatant for TNF-α, IFN-γ and IL-10 (Kit: HCYTOMAG-60K-05, Merck Millipore).
| Number | Date | Country | Kind |
|---|---|---|---|
| 20151543.4 | Jan 2020 | EP | regional |
The present application is a continuation application of PCT/EP2021/050598 filed Jan. 13, 2021, which claims priority to EP 20151543.4 filed Jan. 13, 2020, the entire contents of both which are incorporated herein by reference.
| Number | Date | Country | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Parent | PCT/EP2021/050598 | Jan 2021 | US |
| Child | 17812153 | US |
